ml_tn/tn_JHN.tsv

1	Reference	ID	Tags	SupportReference	Quote	Occurrence	Note
2	front:intro	t6za				0	Introduction to the Gospel of John Part 1: General Introduction Outline of the Gospel of John Introduction about who Jesus is (1:1-18) Jesus is baptized, and he chooses twelve disciples (1:19-51) Jesus preaches, teaches, and heals people (2-11) The seven days before Jesus’ death (12-19) Mary anoints the feet of Jesus (12:1-11) Jesus rides a donkey into Jerusalem (12:12-19) Some Greek men want to see Jesus (12:20-36) The Jewish leaders reject Jesus (12:37-50) Jesus teaches his disciples (13-17) Jesus is arrested and undergoes trial (18:1-19:15) Jesus is crucified and buried (19:16-42) Jesus rises from the dead (20:1-29) John says why he wrote his gospel (20:30-31) Jesus meets with the disciples (21) What is the Gospel of John about? The Gospel of John is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. John said that he wrote his gospel “so that people might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of the living God” (20:31). John’s Gospel is very different from the other three Gospels. John does not include some of the teachings and events that the other writers included in their gospels. Also, John wrote about some teachings and events that are not in the other gospels. John wrote much about the signs Jesus did to prove that what Jesus said about himself was true. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]]) How should the title of this book be translated? Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of John” or “The Gospel According to John.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News About Jesus That John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) Who wrote the Gospel of John? This book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the Apostle John was the author. Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts Why does John write so much about the final week of Jesus’ life? John wrote much about Jesus’ final week. He wanted his readers to think deeply about Jesus’ final week and his death on the cross. He wanted people to understand that Jesus willingly died on the cross so that God could forgive them for sinning against him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]]) Part 3: Important Translation Issues What do the words “remain,” “reside,” and “abide” mean in the Gospel of John? John often used the words “remain,” “reside”, and “abide” as metaphors. John spoke of a believer becoming more faithful to Jesus and knowing Jesus better as if Jesus’ word “remained” in the believer. Also, John spoke of someone being spiritually joined to someone else as if the person “remained” in the other person. Christians are said to “remain” in Christ and in God. The Father is said to “remain” in the Son, and the Son is said to “remain” in the Father. The Son is said to “remain” in believers. The Holy Spirit is also said to “remain” in the believers. Many translators will find it impossible to represent these ideas in their languages in exactly the same way. For example, Jesus intended to express the idea of the Christian being spiritually together with him when he said, “He who eats my flesh and drinks my blood remains in me, and I in him” (John 6:56). The UST uses the idea of “will be joined to me, and I will be joined to him.” But translators may have to find other ways of expressing the idea. In the passage, “If my words remain in you” (John 15:7), the UST expresses this idea as, “If you live by my message.” Translators may find it possible to use this translation as a model. What are the major issues in the text of the Gospel of John? The following verses found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions. Translators are advised not to translate these verses. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include these verses, the translators can include them. If they are translated, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to John’s Gospel. “waiting for the moving of the water. For an angel of the Lord occasionally went down into the pool and stirred the water and whoever went first after the stirring of the water, was made well from the disease they had.” (5:3-4) “going through the midst of them, and so passed by” (8:59) The following passage is included in most older and modern versions of the Bible. But it is not in the earliest copies of the Bible. Translators are advised to translate this passage. It should be put inside of square brackets ([]) to indicate that it may not have been original to John’s Gospel. The story of the adulterous woman (7:53–8:11) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3	1:intro	k29b				0	John 01 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:23, which are words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter “The Word” John uses the phrase “the Word” to refer to Jesus (John 1:1, 14). John is saying that God’s most important message to all people is actually Jesus, a person with a physical body. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]]) Light and darkness The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) “Children of God” When people believes in Jesus, they go from being “children of wrath” to “children of God.” They are adopted into the “family of God.”They are adopted into the “family of God.” This is an important image that will be unfolded in the New Testament. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/adoption]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Metaphors John uses the metaphors of light and darkness and of the Word to tell the reader that he will be writing more about good and evil and about what God wants to tell people through Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “In the beginning” Some languages and cultures speak of the world as if it has always existed, as if it had no beginning. But “very long ago” is different from “in the beginning,” and you need to be sure that your translation communicates correctly. “Son of Man” Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter (John 1:51). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
4	1:1	er9g			ἐν ἀρχῇ	1	This refers to the very earliest time before God created the heavens and the earth.
5	1:1	z59q			ὁ λόγος	1	This refers to Jesus. Translate as “the Word” if possible. If “Word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.”
6	1:3	gm5g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	πάντα δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο	1	This can be translated with an active verb. Alternate translation: “God made all things through him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
7	1:3	aqs1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	χωρὶς αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο οὐδὲ ἕν ὃ γέγονεν	1	This can be translated with an active verb. If your language does not permit double negatives, these words should communicate that the opposite of “all things were made through him” is false. Alternate translation: “God did not make anything without him” or “with him there was every thing made that has been made” or “God made with him every thing that God has made” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
8	1:4	pz5c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν αὐτῷ ζωὴ ἦν, καὶ ἡ ζωὴ ἦν τὸ φῶς τῶν ἀνθρώπων	1	“In him was life” is a metonym for causing everything to live. And, “light” here is a metaphor for “truth.” Alternate translation: “He is the one who caused everything to live. And he revealed to people what is true about God” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
9	1:4	dv2f			ἐν αὐτῷ	1	Here “him” refers to the one who is called the Word.
10	1:4	wxn4			ζωὴ	1	Here use a general term for “life.” If you must be more specific, translate as “spiritual life.”
11	1:5	y5ry		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ φαίνει, καὶ ἡ σκοτία αὐτὸ οὐ κατέλαβεν	1	Here “light” is a metaphor for what is true and good. Here “darkness” is a metaphor what is false and evil. Alternate translation: “The truth is like a light shining into a dark place, and no one in the dark place could put out the light” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
12	1:7	mht8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μαρτυρήσῃ περὶ τοῦ φωτός	1	Here “light” is a metaphor for the revelation of God in Jesus. Alternate translation: “show how Jesus is like the true light of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
13	1:9	xe1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀληθινὸν	1	Here light is a metaphor that represents Jesus as the one who both reveals the truth about God and is himself that truth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
14	1:10	b93e			ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἦν, καὶ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ ἐγένετο, καὶ ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω	1	“Even though he was in this world, and God created everything through him, people still did not recognize him”
15	1:10	ke5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος αὐτὸν οὐκ ἔγνω	1	The “world” is a metonym that stands for all the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “the people did not know who he really was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
16	1:11	jr6d			εἰς τὰ ἴδια ἦλθεν, καὶ οἱ ἴδιοι αὐτὸν οὐ παρέλαβον	1	“He came to his own fellow countrymen, and his own fellow countrymen did not accept him either”
17	1:11	va1w			αὐτὸν & παρέλαβον	1	“accept him.” To receive someone is to welcome him and treat him with honor in hopes of building a relationship with him.
18	1:12	jp3y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πιστεύουσιν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	The word “name” is a metonym that stands for Jesus’ identity and everything about him. Alternate translation: “believed in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
19	1:12	x4f9			ἔδωκεν & ἐξουσίαν	1	“he gave them the authority” or “he made it possible for them”
20	1:12	uc6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τέκνα Θεοῦ	1	The word “children” is a metaphor that represents our relationship to God, which is like children to a father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
21	1:14	ft2l			ὁ λόγος	1	This refers to Jesus. Translate as “the Word” if possible. If “Word” is feminine in your language, it could be translated as “the one who is called the Word.” See how you translated this in John 1:1.
22	1:14	x1ae		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	σὰρξ ἐγένετο	1	Here “flesh” represents “a person” or “a human being.” Alternate translation: “became human” or “became a human being” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
23	1:14	wa23			μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός	1	The phrase “the one an only” means that he is unique, that no one else is like him. The phrase “who came from the Father” means that he is the Father’s child. Alternate translation: “the unique Son of the Father” or “the only Son of the Father”
24	1:14	b5t5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	πατρός	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
25	1:14	tg4m			πλήρης χάριτος	1	“full of kind acts towards us, acts we do not deserve”
26	1:15	k7rm			ὁ ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	John is speaking about Jesus. The phrase “comes after me” means that John’s ministry has already started and Jesus’ ministry will start later.
27	1:15	q75h			ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν	1	“is more important than I am” or “has more authority than I have”
28	1:15	lrd7			ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν	1	Be careful not to translate this in a way that suggests that Jesus is more important because he is older than John in human years. Jesus is greater and more important than John because he is God the Son, who has always been alive.
29	1:16	p3zg			τοῦ πληρώματος	1	This word refers to God’s grace that has no end.
30	1:16	b9r1			χάριν ἀντὶ χάριτος	1	“blessing after blessing”
31	1:18	h5cq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρὸς	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
32	1:19	e1dz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἀπέστειλαν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐξ Ἱεροσολύμων	1	The word “Jews” here represents the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders sent … to him from Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
33	1:20	b7zz			ὡμολόγησεν καὶ οὐκ ἠρνήσατο, καὶ ὡμολόγησεν	1	The phrase “he did not deny” says in negative terms the same thing that “He confessed” says in positive terms. This emphasizes that John was telling the truth and was strongly stating that he was not the Christ. Your language may have a different way of doing this.
34	1:21	iv9d			τί οὖν? σὺ	1	“What then is the case, if you are not the Messiah?” or “What then is going on?” or “What then are you doing?”
35	1:22	t8ib				0	John continues to speak with the priests and Levites.
36	1:22	sa3t			εἶπαν & αὐτῷ	1	“the priests and Levites said to John”
37	1:22	x8wz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	δῶμεν & ἡμᾶς	1	the priests and Levites, not John (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
38	1:23	a732			ἔφη	1	“John said”
39	1:23	baa5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ φωνὴ βοῶντος ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	John is saying that Isaiah’s prophecy is about himself. The word “voice” here refers to the person who is crying out in the wilderness. Alternate translation: “I am the one calling out in the wilderness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
40	1:23	iry1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εὐθύνατε τὴν ὁδὸν Κυρίου	1	Here the word “way” is used as a metaphor. Alternate translation: “Prepare yourselves for the Lord’s arrival the same way that people prepare the road for an important person to use” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
41	1:24	bk96		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	καὶ ἀπεσταλμένοι ἦσαν ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	This is background information about the people who questioned John. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
42	1:26	r4ty		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	Verse 28 tells us background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
43	1:27	x2ki		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὀπίσω μου ἐρχόμενος	1	You may need to make explicit what he will do when he has come. Alternate translation: “who will preach to you after I am gone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
44	1:27	y7v5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μου & οὗ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ἄξιος, ἵνα λύσω αὐτοῦ τὸν ἱμάντα τοῦ ὑποδήματος	1	Untying sandals was the work of a slave or servant. These words are a metaphor for the most unpleasant work of a servant. Alternate translation: “me, whom I am not worthy to serve in even the most unpleasant way” or “me. I am not even worthy to untie the strap of his sandal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
45	1:29	j397		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This is a metaphor that represents God’s perfect sacrifice. Jesus is called the “Lamb of God” because he was sacrificed to pay for people’s sins. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
46	1:29	rg4n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	κόσμου	1	The word “world” is a metonym and refers to all the people in the world. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
47	1:30	x393			ὀπίσω μου ἔρχεται ἀνὴρ, ὃς ἔμπροσθέν μου γέγονεν, ὅτι πρῶτός μου ἦν.	1	See how you translated this in John 1:15.
48	1:32	mcc7			καταβαῖνον	1	coming down from above
49	1:32	xyr3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	ὡς περιστερὰν	1	This phrase is a simile. The “Spirit” comes down just like a dove lands on a person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
50	1:32	uji2			οὐρανοῦ	1	The word “heaven” refers to the “sky.”
51	1:34	ea3y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants	ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Some copies of this text say “Son of God”; others say “chosen one of God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
52	1:34	naf2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
53	1:35	i3lg			τῇ ἐπαύριον πάλιν	1	This is another day. It is the second day that John sees Jesus.
54	1:36	ap5m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Ἀμνὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This is a metaphor that represents God’s perfect sacrifice. Jesus is called the “Lamb of God” because he was sacrificed to pay for people’s sins. See how you translated this same phrase in John 1:29. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
55	1:39	tb9j			ὥρα & δεκάτη	1	“hour 10.” This phrase indicates a time in the afternoon, before dark, at which it would be too late to start traveling to another town, possibly around 4 p.m.
56	1:40	x8g8				0	These verses give us information about Andrew and how he brought his brother Peter to Jesus. This happened before they went and saw where Jesus was staying in John 1:39.
57	1:42	k2dx			υἱὸς Ἰωάννου	1	This is not John the Baptist. “John” was a very common name.
58	1:44	i5bm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἦν δὲ ὁ Φίλιππος ἀπὸ Βηθσαϊδά, ἐκ τῆς πόλεως Ἀνδρέου καὶ Πέτρου	1	This is background information about Philip. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
59	1:46	s2kg			εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ναθαναήλ	1	“Nathaniel said to Philip”
60	1:46	i4wp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἐκ Ναζαρὲτ δύναταί τι ἀγαθὸν εἶναι	1	This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “No good thing can come out of Nazareth!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
61	1:47	ys8d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	ἐν ᾧ δόλος οὐκ ἔστιν	1	This can be stated in a positive way. Alternate translation: “a completely truthful man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
62	1:49	l666		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
63	1:50	p3ma		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ὅτι εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι εἶδόν σε ὑποκάτω τῆς συκῆς, πιστεύεις	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: “You believe because I said, ‘I saw you underneath the fig tree’! (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
64	1:51	ga44			ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true.
65	2:intro	jav2				0	John 02 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Wine The Jews drank wine at many meals and especially when they were celebrating special events. They did not believe that it was a sin to drink wine. Driving out the money changers Jesus drove the money changers out of the temple to show that he had authority over the temple and over all of Israel. “He knew what was in man” Jesus knew what other people were thinking only because he was and is the Son of Man and the Son of God. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “His disciples remembered” John used this phrase to stop telling the main history and to tell about something that happened much later. It was right after he scolded the pigeon sellers (John 2:16) that the Jewish authorities spoke to him. It was after Jesus became alive again that his disciples remembered what the prophet had written long before and that Jesus was talking about the temple of his body (John 2:17 and John 2:22).
66	2:1	rl16		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	Jesus and his disciples are invited to a wedding. These verse give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
67	2:1	vw9e			τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ	1	Most interpreters read this as on the third day after Jesus called Philip and Nathaniel to follow him. The first day occurs in John 1:35 and the second in John 1:43.
68	2:2	xm3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐκλήθη & ὁ Ἰησοῦς καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν γάμον	1	This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone invited Jesus and his disciples to the wedding” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
69	2:4	a2ji			γύναι	1	This refers to Mary. If it is impolite for a son to call his mother “woman” in your language, use another word that is polite, or leave it out.
70	2:4	jc75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἐμοὶ καὶ σοί	1	This question is asked to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: “this has nothing to do with me.” or “you should not tell me what to do.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
71	2:4	v5x5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἥκει ἡ ὥρα μου	1	The word “time” is a metonym that represents the right occasion for Jesus to show that he is the Messiah by working miracles. Alternate translation: “It is not yet the right time for me to perform a mighty act” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
72	2:6	y7p3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume	μετρητὰς δύο ἢ τρεῖς	1	You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “75 to 115 liters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
73	2:7	vt75			ἕως ἄνω	1	This means “to the very top” or “completely full.”
74	2:8	h9gr			τῷ ἀρχιτρικλίνῳ	1	This refers to the person in charge of the food and drink.
75	2:9	yg44		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	οἱ δὲ διάκονοι ᾔδεισαν, οἱ ἠντληκότες τὸ ὕδωρ	1	This is background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
76	2:10	mh3s			μεθυσθῶσιν	1	unable to tell the difference between cheap wine and expensive wine because of drinking too much alcohol
77	2:11	sq53		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent		0	This verse is not part of the main story line, but rather it gives a comment about the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
78	2:11	r5kb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Κανὰ	1	This is a place name. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
79	2:11	z3tk			ἐφανέρωσεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ	1	Here “his glory” refers to the mighty power of Jesus. Alternate translation: “showed his power”
80	2:12	h9tu			κατέβη	1	This indicates that they went from a higher place to a lower place. Capernaum is northeast of Cana and is at a lower elevation.
81	2:12	x3f7			οἱ ἀδελφοὶ	1	The word “brothers” includes both brothers and sisters. All Jesus’ brothers and sisters were younger than he was.
82	2:13	bh23				0	Jesus and his disciples go up to Jerusalem to the temple.
83	2:13	xr29			ἀνέβη εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	This indicates that he went from a lower place to a higher place. Jerusalem is built on a hill.
84	2:14	i8lv			καθημένους	1	The next verse makes it clear that these people are in the temple courtyard. That area was intended for worship and not for commerce.
85	2:14	sa75			τοὺς πωλοῦντας βόας καὶ πρόβατα καὶ περιστερὰς	1	People are buying animals in the temple courtyard to sacrifice them to God.
86	2:14	qu9k			κερματιστὰς	1	Jewish authorities required people who wanted to buy animals for sacrifices to exchange their money for special money from the “money changers.”
87	2:15	x6et			καὶ	1	This word marks an event that happens because of something else that has happened first. In this case, Jesus has seen the money changers sitting in the temple.
88	2:16	r16m			μὴ ποιεῖτε τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου οἶκον ἐμπορίου	1	“Stop buying and selling things in my Father’s house”
89	2:16	h6qy			τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός μου	1	This is a phrase Jesus uses to refer to the temple.
90	2:16	grg3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ πατρός μου	1	This is an important title that Jesus uses for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
91	2:17	c2pu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γεγραμμένον ἐστίν	1	This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
92	2:17	ua3v			τοῦ οἴκου σου	1	This term refers to the temple, God’s house.
93	2:17	gg1w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καταφάγεταί	1	The word “consume” points to the metaphor of “fire.” Jesus’ love for the temple is like a fire that burns within him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
94	2:18	qtx1			σημεῖον	1	This refers to an event that proves something is true.
95	2:18	r5rw			ταῦτα	1	This refers to Jesus’ actions against the money changers in the temple.
96	2:19	mp6i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo	λύσατε τὸν ναὸν τοῦτον, καὶ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερῶ αὐτόν	1	Jesus is stating a hypothetical situation in which something would certainly happen if something else that is not true were true. In this case, he would certainly raise the temple up if the Jewish authorities were to destroy it. He is not commanding the Jewish authorities to tear down the actual temple building. You can translate the words “destroy” and “raise” using the usual words for tearing down and rebuilding a building. Alternate translation: “If you destroy this temple, I will certainly raise it up” or “You can be certain that if you were to destroy this temple, I would raise it up” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
97	2:19	k2pz			ἐγερῶ αὐτόν	1	“cause it to stand”
98	2:20	g6jx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory		0	Verses 21 and 22 are not part of the main story line, but instead they comment on the story and tell about something that happens later. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
99	2:20	rn6x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	τεσσεράκοντα & ἓξ ἔτεσιν & τρισὶν ἡμέραις	1	“46 years … 3 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
100	2:20	xbx3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	σὺ ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις ἐγερεῖς αὐτόν	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to show that the Jewish authorities understand that Jesus wants to tear down the temple and build it again in three days. “Raise” is an idiom for “establish.” Alternate translation: “you will establish it in three days?” or “you cannot possibly rebuild it in three days!” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
101	2:22	gq2w			ἐπίστευσαν	1	Here “believe” means to accept something or trust that it is true.
102	2:22	ewi1			τῷ λόγῳ	1	This refers back to Jesus’ statement in John 2:19.
103	2:23	kvn6			ὡς δὲ ἦν ἐν τοῖς Ἱεροσολύμοις	1	The word “now” introduces us to a new event in the story.
104	2:23	w3qv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπίστευσαν εἰς τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ	1	Here “name” is a metonym that represents the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “believed in him” or “trusted in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
105	2:23	u65n			τὰ σημεῖα ἃ ἐποίει	1	Miracles can also be called “signs” because they are used as evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
106	2:25	et23		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations	περὶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου & γὰρ ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ	1	Here the word “man” represents people in general. Alternate translation: “about people, for he knew what was in people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
107	3:intro	i7a7				0	John 03 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Light and darkness The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) Possible translation difficulties in this chapter “Son of Man” Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter (John 3:13). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
108	3:1	yl6f				0	Nicodemus comes to see Jesus.
109	3:1	s9p9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	δὲ	1	This word is used here to mark a new part of the story and to introduce Nicodemus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
110	3:2	skq8			οἴδαμεν	1	Here “we” is exclusive, referring only to Nicodemus and the other members of the Jewish council.
111	3:3	b9u1				0	Jesus and Nicodemus continue talking.
112	3:3	nz18			ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	See how you translated this in John 1:51.
113	3:3	t8pt			γεννηθῇ ἄνωθεν	1	“born from above” or “born of God”
114	3:3	ikj9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The word “kingdom” is a metaphor for the rule of God. Alternate translation: “place where God rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
115	3:4	wa1p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος γεννηθῆναι, γέρων ὤν	1	Nicodemus uses this question to emphasize that this cannot happen. Alternate translation: “A man certainly cannot be born again when he is old!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
116	3:4	yk9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μὴ δύναται εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ δεύτερον εἰσελθεῖν καὶ γεννηθῆναι	1	Nicodemus also uses this question to emphasize his belief that a second birth is impossible. “Certainly, he cannot enter a second time into his mother’s womb! (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
117	3:4	z64b			δεύτερον	1	“again” or “twice”
118	3:4	ppr8			τὴν κοιλίαν	1	the part of a woman’s body where a baby grows
119	3:5	il52			ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	You can translate this in the same way you did in John 3:3.
120	3:5	n6d7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	γεννηθῇ ἐξ ὕδατος καὶ Πνεύματος	1	There are two possible meanings: (1) “baptized in water and in the Spirit” or (2) “born physically and spiritually” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
121	3:5	m37g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν Βασιλείαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	The word “kingdom” is a metaphor for the rule of God in one’s life. Alternate translation: “experience the rule of God in his life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
122	3:7	t2sl				0	Jesus continues speaking to Nicodemus.
123	3:7	lpj4			δεῖ ὑμᾶς γεννηθῆναι ἄνωθεν	1	“You must be born from above”
124	3:8	p87y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	τὸ πνεῦμα ὅπου θέλει, πνεῖ	1	In the source language, wind and Spirit are the same word. The speaker here refers to the wind as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit is like a wind that blows wherever it wants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
125	3:9	g4ji		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ταῦτα γενέσθαι	1	This question adds emphasis to the statement. Alternate translation: “This cannot be!” or “This is not able to happen!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
126	3:10	gw2h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ ταῦτα οὐ γινώσκεις	1	Jesus knows that Nicodemus is a teacher. He is not looking for information. Alternate translation: “You are a teacher of Israel, so I am surprised you do not understand these things!” or “You are a teacher of Israel, so you should understand these things!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
127	3:10	gbu5			σὺ εἶ ὁ διδάσκαλος τοῦ Ἰσραὴλ, καὶ & οὐ γινώσκεις	1	The word “you” is singular and refers to Nicodemus. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you)
128	3:11	j1k1			οὐ λαμβάνετε	1	The word “you” is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you)
129	3:11	jt1f			ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in John 1:51.
130	3:11	upi7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	λαλοῦμεν	1	When Jesus said “we,” he was not including Nicodemus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
131	3:12	y4e9				0	Jesus continues responding to Nicodemus.
132	3:12	pt4x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	εἶπον ὑμῖν & οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν & πιστεύσετε	1	In all three places “you” is plural and refers to Jews in general. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
133	3:12	c6ia		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν τὰ ἐπουράνια, πιστεύσετε	1	This question emphasizes the disbelief of Nicodemus and the Jews. Alternate translation: “you certainly will not believe if I tell you about heavenly things!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
134	3:12	lbv3			εἶπον ὑμῖν & οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς ἐὰν εἴπω ὑμῖν & πιστεύσετε	1	spiritual things
135	3:14	tb3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile	καθὼς Μωϋσῆς ὕψωσεν τὸν ὄφιν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, οὕτως ὑψωθῆναι δεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	This figure of speech is called a simile. Some people will “lift up” Jesus just as Moses “lifted up” the bronze serpent in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
136	3:14	f9yi			ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ	1	The wilderness is a dry, desert place, but here it refers specifically to the place where Moses and the Israelites walked around for forty years.
137	3:16	uxc2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὕτως & ἠγάπησεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν κόσμον	1	Here “world” is a metonym that refers to everyone in the world. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
138	3:16	jen2			ἠγάπησεν	1	This is the kind of love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. God himself is love and is the source of true love.
139	3:17	b7vf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism	οὐ γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸν Υἱὸν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἵνα κρίνῃ τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σωθῇ ὁ κόσμος δι’ αὐτοῦ	1	These two clauses mean nearly the same thing, said twice for emphasis, first in the negative and then in the positive. Some languages may indicate emphasis in a different way. Alternate translation: God’s real reason for sending his Son into the world was to save it” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
140	3:17	rv45			ἵνα κρίνῃ	1	“to punish.” Usually “punish” implies that the person who has been punished is then accepted by God. When a person is condemned, he is punished but never accepted by God.
141	3:18	eb54		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
142	3:19	z9d2				0	Jesus finishes responding to Nicodemus.
143	3:19	t9z5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	The word “light” is a metaphor for God’s truth that is revealed in Jesus. Jesus speaks of himself in the third person. If your language does not allow people to speak of themselves in the third person, you may need to specify who the light is. The “world” is a metonym for all of the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “The one who is like a light has revealed God’s truth to all people” or “I, who am like a light, have come into the world” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
144	3:19	h4nk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἠγάπησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι & τὸ σκότος	1	Here “darkness” is a metaphor for evil. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
145	3:20	u25p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ ἐλεγχθῇ τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ	1	This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that the light will not show the things he does” or “so that the light does not make clear his deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
146	3:21	l7ax		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	φανερωθῇ αὐτοῦ τὰ ἔργα, ὅτι	1	This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “people may clearly see his deeds” or “everyone may clearly see the things he does” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
147	3:22	uy4j			μετὰ ταῦτα	1	This refers to after Jesus had spoken with Nicodemus. See how you translated this in John 2:12.
148	3:23	x1ge		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Αἰνὼν	1	This word means “springs,” as of water. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
149	3:23	e5v2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	τοῦ Σαλείμ	1	a village or town next to the Jordan River (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
150	3:23	jh2w			ὅτι ὕδατα πολλὰ ἦν ἐκεῖ	1	“because there were many springs in that place”
151	3:23	ukz2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐβαπτίζοντο	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “John was baptizing them” or “he was baptizing them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
152	3:25	ft8r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐγένετο οὖν ζήτησις ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν Ἰωάννου μετὰ Ἰουδαίου	1	This can be stated in an active form for clarity. Alternate translation: “Then John’s disciples and a Jew began to argue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
153	3:25	fuq2			ζήτησις	1	a fight using words
154	3:26	jr28			σὺ μεμαρτύρηκας, ἴδε, οὗτος βαπτίζει	1	In this phrase, “look” is a command meaning “pay attention!” Alternate translation: “you have testified, ‘Look! He is baptizing,’” or “you have testified. ‘Look at that! He is baptizing,’” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit)
155	3:27	kl21			οὐ δύναται ἄνθρωπος λαμβάνειν, οὐδὲ ἓν ἐὰν μὴ	1	“Nobody has any power unless”
156	3:27	hap4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	Here “heaven” is used as a metonym to refer to God. This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “God has given it to him” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
157	3:28	l9yt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	αὐτοὶ ὑμεῖς	1	This “You” is plural and refers to all the people John is talking to. Alternate translation: “You all” or “All of you” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
158	3:28	nf9l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀπεσταλμένος εἰμὶ ἔμπροσθεν ἐκείνου	1	This can be stated in an active form. Alternate translation: “God sent me to arrive before him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
159	3:29	k5xq				0	John the Baptist continues speaking.
160	3:29	p569		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ ἔχων τὴν νύμφην, νυμφίος ἐστίν	1	Here the “bride” and “bridegroom” are metaphors. Jesus is like the “bridegroom” and John is like the friend of the “bridegroom.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
161	3:29	wkb8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	αὕτη οὖν ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ πεπλήρωται	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So then I rejoice greatly” or “So I rejoice much” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
162	3:29	hnw2			ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ	1	The word “my” refers to John the Baptist, the one who is speaking.
163	3:30	kn9s			ἐκεῖνον δεῖ αὐξάνειν	1	“He” refers to the bridegroom, Jesus, who will continue to grow in importance.
164	3:31	qd7t			ὁ ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1	“He who comes from heaven is more important than anyone else”
165	3:31	mhk9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς γῆς, ἐκ τῆς γῆς ἐστιν, καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς λαλεῖ	1	John means that Jesus is greater than he is since Jesus is from heaven, and John was born on the earth. Alternate translation: “He who is born in this world is like everyone else who lives in the world and he speaks about what happens in this world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
166	3:31	qrg7			ὁ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἐρχόμενος, ἐπάνω πάντων ἐστίν	1	This means the same thing as the first sentence. John repeats this for emphasis.
167	3:32	c5yt			ὃ ἑώρακεν καὶ ἤκουσεν, τοῦτο μαρτυρεῖ	1	John is speaking about Jesus. Alternate translation: “The one from heaven tells about what he has seen and heard in heaven”
168	3:32	kqi1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	τὴν μαρτυρίαν αὐτοῦ, οὐδεὶς λαμβάνει	1	Here John exaggerates to emphasize that only a few people believe Jesus. Alternate translation: “very few people believe him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
169	3:33	k36d			ὁ λαβὼν αὐτοῦ τὴν μαρτυρίαν	1	“Anyone who believes what Jesus says”
170	3:33	g5x4			ἐσφράγισεν	1	“proves” or “agrees”
171	3:34	db8m				0	John the Baptist finishes speaking.
172	3:34	rr83			ὃν γὰρ ἀπέστειλεν ὁ Θεὸς	1	“This Jesus, whom God has sent to represent him”
173	3:34	bnx8			οὐ γὰρ ἐκ μέτρου δίδωσιν τὸ Πνεῦμα	1	“For he is the one to whom God gave all the power of his Spirit”
174	3:35	hmk4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ & Υἱόν	1	These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
175	3:35	ha4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	δέδωκεν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ	1	This means to be put in his power or control. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
176	3:36	u1ks			ὁ πιστεύων	1	“A person who believes” or “Anyone who believes”
177	3:36	zy7u			ἡ ὀργὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μένει ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	The abstract noun “wrath” can be translated with the verb “punish.” Alternate translation: “God will continue to punish him” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns)
178	4:intro	j1hv				0	John 04 General Notes Structure and formatting John 4:4-38 forms one story centered on the teaching of Jesus as the “living water” who gives eternal life to all who believe in him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]]) Special concepts in this chapter “It was necessary for him to pass through Samaria” Jews avoided traveling through the region of Samaria because the Samaritans were descendants of ungodly people. So Jesus had to do what most Jews did not want to do. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]]) “The hour is coming” Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about times that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which true worshipers will worship in spirit and truth is longer than sixty minutes. The proper place of worship Long before Jesus lived, the Samaritan people had broken the law of Moses by setting up a false temple in their land (John 4:20). Jesus explained to the woman that it was no longer important where people worshiped (John 4:21-24). Harvest Harvest is when people go out to get the food they have planted so they can bring it to their houses and eat it. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about Jesus so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) “The Samaritan woman” John probably told this story to show the difference between the Samaritan woman, who believed, and the Jews, who did not believe and later killed Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “In spirit and truth” The people who truly know who God is and enjoy worshiping him and love him for who he is are the ones who truly please him. Where they worship is not important.
179	4:1	jum6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	John 4:1-6 gives the background to the next event, Jesus’ conversation with a Samaritan woman. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
180	4:1	ci4n				0	A long sentence begins here.
181	4:1	b1vc			ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὅτι ἤκουσαν οἱ Φαρισαῖοι, ὅτι Ἰησοῦς πλείονας μαθητὰς ποιεῖ καὶ βαπτίζει ἢ Ἰωάννης	1	“Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John. When he knew that the Pharisees had heard that he was doing this.”
182	4:1	h6ek			ὡς οὖν ἔγνω ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	The word “now” is used here to mark a break in the main events. Here John starts to tell a new part of the narrative.
183	4:2	d4ng		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	Ἰησοῦς αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐβάπτιζεν	1	The reflexive pronoun “himself” adds emphasis that it was not Jesus who was baptizing, but his disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
184	4:3	dm2t			ἀφῆκεν τὴν Ἰουδαίαν καὶ ἀπῆλθεν πάλιν εἰς τὴν Γαλιλαίαν	1	You may need to rearrange the entire sentence that begins with the words “Now when Jesus” in verse 1. “Now Jesus was making and baptizing more disciples than John (although Jesus himself was not baptizing, but his disciples were). The Pharisees heard that Jesus was doing this. When Jesus knew that the Pharisees learned what he was doing, he left Judea and went back again to Galilee”
185	4:7	g82d			δός μοι πεῖν	1	This is a polite request, not a command.
186	4:8	u29c			οἱ γὰρ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπεληλύθεισαν	1	He did not ask his disciples to draw water for him because they had gone.
187	4:9	l2qh			λέγει οὖν αὐτῷ ἡ γυνὴ ἡ Σαμαρεῖτις	1	The word “him” refers to Jesus.
188	4:9	xdw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ Ἰουδαῖος ὢν, παρ’ ἐμοῦ πεῖν αἰτεῖς	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Samaritan woman’s surprise that Jesus asked her for a drink. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe that you, being a Jew, are asking a Samaritan for a drink!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
189	4:9	px8w			οὐ & συνχρῶνται	1	“do not associate with”
190	4:10	zub5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὕδωρ ζῶν	1	Jesus uses the metaphor “living water” to refer to the Holy Spirit who works in a person to transform and bring new life. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
191	4:12	di9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ, ὃς ἔδωκεν ἡμῖν τὸ φρέαρ, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν, καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ θρέμματα αὐτοῦ	1	This remark occurs in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You are not greater than our father Jacob … cattle!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
192	4:12	knw5			τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἰακώβ	1	“our ancestor Jacob”
193	4:12	sj7n			ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἔπιεν	1	“drank water that came from it”
194	4:13	leu7			διψήσει πάλιν	1	“will need to drink water again”
195	4:14	g598		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ ὕδωρ ὃ δώσω αὐτῷ γενήσεται ἐν αὐτῷ πηγὴ ὕδατος	1	Here the word “fountain” is a metaphor for life-giving water. Alternate translation: “the water that I will give him will become like a spring of water in him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
196	4:14	fha9			ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	Here “life” refers to the “spiritual life” that only God can give.
197	4:15	iz1p			κύριε	1	In this context, the Samaritan woman is addressing Jesus as “Sir,” which is a term of respect or politeness.
198	4:15	hd9f			ἀντλεῖν	1	“get water” or “pull water up from the well” using a container and rope
199	4:18	zpl1			τοῦτο ἀληθὲς εἴρηκας	1	Jesus says these words to emphasize his words to emphasize the words “You are right in saying, ‘I have no husband’” in verse 17. He wants the woman to know that he knows she is telling the truth.
200	4:19	kfs1			κύριε	1	In this context the Samaritan woman is addressesing Jesus as “sir,” which is a term of respect or politeness.
201	4:19	za2w			θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ	1	“I can understand that you are a prophet”
202	4:20	hp3m			οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	“Our forefathers” or “Our ancestors”
203	4:21	klz9			πίστευέ μοι	1	To believe someone is to acknowledge what the person has said is true.
204	4:21	nu5m			προσκυνήσετε τῷ Πατρί	1	Eternal salvation from sin comes from God the Father, who is Yahweh, the God of the Jews.
205	4:21	ff27		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρί	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
206	4:22	guu4			ὑμεῖς προσκυνεῖτε ὃ οὐκ οἴδατε, ἡμεῖς προσκυνοῦμεν ὃ οἴδαμεν	1	Jesus means that God revealed himself and his commands to the Jewish people, not to the Samaritans. Through the Scriptures the Jewish people know who God is better than the Samaritans.
207	4:22	i2df			ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν	1	This means that God has chosen the Jews as his special people who will tell all other people about his salvation. It does not mean the Jewish people will save others from their sins. Alternate translation: “for all people will know about God’s salvation because of the Jews”
208	4:22	yj1y			ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν	1	Eternal salvation from sin comes from God the Father, who is Yahweh, the God of the Jews.
209	4:23	bs1p				0	Jesus continues speaking to the Samaritan woman.
210	4:23	atm4			ἀλλὰ ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστιν, ὅτε οἱ ἀληθινοὶ προσκυνηταὶ προσκυνήσουσιν	1	“However, it is now the right time for true worshipers to”
211	4:23	k1gf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τῷ Πατρὶ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
212	4:23	fb51			ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ	1	Possible meanings are the “spirit” here is (1) the inner person, the mind and heart, what a person thinks and what he loves, different from where he goes to worship and what ceremonies he performs, or (2) the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “in the Spirit and in truth” or “with the Spirit’s help and in truth”
213	4:23	utt7			ἐν & ἀληθείᾳ	1	thinking correctly of what is true about God
214	4:25	lp44			οἶδα ὅτι Μεσσίας ἔρχεται, ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός	1	Both of these words mean “God’s promised king.”
215	4:25	u8nb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα	1	The words “explain everything” imply all that the people need to know. Alternate translation: “he will tell us everything we need to know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
216	4:27	vk5j			ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἦλθον οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	“Just as Jesus was saying this, his disciples returned from town”
217	4:27	p39j			καὶ ἐθαύμαζον ὅτι μετὰ γυναικὸς ἐλάλει	1	It was very unusual for a Jew to speak with a woman he did not know, especially if that woman was a Samaritan.
218	4:27	cbc9			οὐδεὶς μέντοι εἶπεν, τί ζητεῖς? ἢ, τί λαλεῖς μετ’ αὐτῆς?	1	Possible meanings are (1) the disciples asked both questions to Jesus or (2) “no one asked the woman, ‘What … want?’ or asked Jesus, ‘Why … her?’”
219	4:29	hb5h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	δεῦτε, ἴδετε ἄνθρωπον ὃς εἶπέ μοι πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησα	1	The Samaritan woman exaggerates to show that she is impressed by how much Jesus knows about her. Alternate translation: “Come see a man who knows very much about me, even though I have never met him before” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
220	4:29	dl18			μήτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός	1	The woman is not sure that Jesus is the Christ, so she asks a question that expects “no” for an answer, but she also asks a question instead of making a statement because she wants the people to decide for themselves.
221	4:31	t6hy			ἐν τῷ μεταξὺ	1	“While the woman was going into town”
222	4:31	d4fu			ἠρώτων αὐτὸν οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	“the disciples were telling Jesus” or “the disciples were encouraging Jesus”
223	4:32	j8h2			ἐγὼ βρῶσιν ἔχω φαγεῖν, ἣν ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε	1	Here Jesus is not talking about literal “food,” but is preparing his disciples for a spiritual lesson in John 4:34.
224	4:33	w451		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μή τις ἤνεγκεν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν	1	The disciples think Jesus is talking about literal “food.” They begin asking each other this question, expecting a “no” response. Alternate translation: “Surely no one brought him any food while we were in town!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
225	4:34	tvp1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν ἵνα ποιήσω τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με, καὶ τελειώσω αὐτοῦ τὸ ἔργον	1	Here “food” is a metaphor that represents “obeying God’s will.” Alternate translation: “Just as food satisfies a hungry person, obeying God’s will is what satisfies me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
226	4:35	u5d6			οὐχ ὑμεῖς λέγετε	1	“Is this not one of your popular sayings”
227	4:35	tyw3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐπάρατε τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ὑμῶν καὶ θεάσασθε τὰς χώρας, ὅτι λευκαί εἰσιν πρὸς θερισμόν ἤδη	1	The words “fields” and “ripe for harvest” are metaphors. The “fields” represent people. The words “ripe for harvest” mean that people are ready to receive the message of Jesus, like fields that are ready to be harvested. Alternate translation: “look up and see the the people! They are ready to believe my message, like crops in the fields that are ready for people to harvest them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
228	4:36	qc31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ συνάγει καρπὸν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	Here “fruit for everlasting life” is a metaphor that represents people who believe Christ’s message and receive eternal life. Alternate translation: “and the people who believe the message and receive eternal life are like the fruit that a harvester gathers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
229	4:37	w4xn				0	Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
230	4:37	rqe7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ σπείρων, καὶ ἄλλος ὁ θερίζων	1	The words “sows” and “harvests” are metaphors. The one who “sows” shares the message of Jesus. The one who “harvests” helps the people to receive the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “One person plants the seeds, and another person harvests the crops” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
231	4:38	slw4			ὑμεῖς εἰς τὸν κόπον αὐτῶν εἰσεληλύθατε	1	“you are now joining in their work”
232	4:39	mc7p			ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν	1	To “believe in” someone means to “trust in” that person. Here this also means that they believed he was the Son of God.
233	4:39	qda3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	εἶπέν μοι πάντα ἃ ἐποίησα	1	This is an exaggeration. The woman was impressed by how much Jesus knew about her. Alternate translation: “He told me many things about my life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
234	4:41	qrj5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	Here “word” is a metonym that stands for the message that Jesus proclaimed. Alternate translation: “his message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
235	4:42	k4cz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	κόσμου	1	The “world” is a metonym for all the believers throughout the world. Alternate translation: “all the believers in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
236	4:43	n1mk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	Jesus goes down to Galilee and heals a boy. Verse 44 gives us background information about something Jesus had said previously. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
237	4:43	gj2f			ἐκεῖθεν	1	from Judea
238	4:44	t1li		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς γὰρ Ἰησοῦς ἐμαρτύρησεν	1	The reflexive pronoun “himself” is added to emphasize that Jesus had “declared” or said this. You can translate this in your language in a way that will give emphasis to a person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
239	4:44	fx22			προφήτης ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ πατρίδι, τιμὴν οὐκ ἔχει	1	“people do not show respect or honor to a prophet of their own country” or “a prophet is not respected by the people in his own community”
240	4:45	v9la			ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	Here the festival is the Passover.
241	4:46	ffm3			οὖν	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line and to move to a new part of the story. If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it.
242	4:46	bp3w			βασιλικὸς	1	someone who is in the service of the king
243	4:48	u73r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα ἴδητε, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσητε	1	“Unless … not believe” here is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to translate this statement in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Only if you see a miracle will you believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
244	4:50	uwa3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπίστευσεν & τῷ λόγῳ	1	Here “word” is a metonym that refers to the message that Jesus spoke. Alternate translation: “believed the message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
245	4:51	a5gw			ἤδη	1	This word is used to mark two events that are happening at the same time. As the official was going home, his servants were coming to meet him on the road.
246	4:53	jhg4			καὶ ἐπίστευσεν αὐτὸς καὶ ἡ οἰκία αὐτοῦ ὅλη	1	The reflexive pronoun “himself” is used here to emphasize the word “he.” If you have a way of doing this in your language, you may consider using it.
247	4:54	k5x6			σημεῖον	1	Miracles can also be called “signs” because they are used as indicators or evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
248	5:intro	qe17				0	John 05 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Healing water Many of the Jews believed that God would heal people who got into some of the pools in Jerusalem when the waters were “stirred up.” Testimony Testimony is what one person says about another person. What a person says about himself is not as important as what other people say about that person. Jesus told the Jews that God had told them who Jesus was, so he did not need to tell them who he was. This was because God had told the writers of the Old Testament what his Messiah would do, and Jesus had done everything they had written that he would do. The resurrection of life and the resurrection of judgment God will make some people alive again and because he gives them his grace, they will live with him forever. But he will make some people alive again and because he will treat them justly, they will live apart from him forever. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter The Son, the Son of God, and the Son of Man Jesus refers to himself in this chapter as the “Son” (John 5:19), the “Son of God” (John 5:25), and the “Son of Man” (John 5:27). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
249	5:1	urn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	This is the next event in the story, in which Jesus goes up to Jerusalem and heals a man. These verses give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
250	5:1	ea65			μετὰ ταῦτα	1	This refers to after Jesus healed the official’s son. See how you translated this in John 3:22.
251	5:1	b1pz			ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	“the Jews were celebrating a festival”
252	5:1	z4th			ἀνέβη & εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	Jerusalem is located on the top of a hill. Roads to Jerusalem went up and down smaller hills. If your language has a different word for going up a hill than for walking on level ground, you may use it here.
253	5:2	h3w5			κολυμβήθρα	1	This was a hole in the ground that people filled with water. Sometimes they lined the pools with tiles or other stonework.
254	5:2	dt12		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Βηθζαθά	1	a place name (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
255	5:2	luz3			στοὰς	1	roofed structures with at least one wall missing and attached to buildings
256	5:3	ytj4			πλῆθος τῶν ἀσθενούντων	1	“Many people”
257	5:5	r1gt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants		0	Verse 5 introduces the man lying beside the pool to the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
258	5:5	bez8			ἦν & ἐκεῖ	1	“was at the Bethesda pool” (John 5:1)
259	5:5	z6e1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	τριάκοντα ὀκτὼ ἔτη	1	“38 years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
260	5:6	c7ef			γνοὺς	1	“he understood” or “he found out”
261	5:6	w97q			λέγει αὐτῷ	1	“Jesus said to the paralyzed man”
262	5:7	aeu3			κύριε & οὐκ ἔχω	1	Here the word “sir” is a polite form of address.
263	5:7	ny5f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅταν ταραχθῇ τὸ ὕδωρ	1	This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “when the angel moves the water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
264	5:7	kul6			εἰς τὴν κολυμβήθραν	1	This was a hole in the ground that people filled with water. Sometimes they lined the pools with tiles or other stonework. See how you translated “pool” in John 5:2.
265	5:7	u93g			ἄλλος πρὸ ἐμοῦ καταβαίνει	1	“someone else always goes down the steps into the water before me”
266	5:8	eqe4			ἔγειρε	1	“Stand up!”
267	5:8	ft81			ἆρον τὸν κράβαττόν σου, καὶ περιπάτει	1	“Pick up your sleeping mat, and walk!”
268	5:9	z33x			ἐγένετο ὑγιὴς ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	“the man became healthy again”
269	5:9	i4tk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ & ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ	1	The writer uses the word “now” to show that the words that follow are background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
270	5:10	ja3x			ἔλεγον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι τῷ τεθεραπευμένῳ	1	The Jews (especially the leaders of the Jews) became angry when they saw the man carrying his mat on the Sabbath.
271	5:10	xd9b			Σάββατόν ἐστιν	1	“It is God’s Day of Rest”
272	5:11	en3v			ὁ ποιήσας με ὑγιῆ	1	“The man who made me well”
273	5:12	r7nx			ἠρώτησαν αὐτόν	1	“The Jewish leaders asked the man who was healed”
274	5:14	h1ri			εὑρίσκει αὐτὸν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	“Jesus found the man he had healed”
275	5:14	h39z			ἴδε	1	The word “See” is used here to draw attention to the words that follow.
276	5:16	efg2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	καὶ	1	The writer uses the word “now” to show that the words that follow are background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
277	5:16	kup5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Here “the Jews” is a synecdoche which represent the “Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
278	5:17	ijd8			ἐργάζεται	1	This refers to doing labor, including anything that is done to serve other people.
279	5:17	lq1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
280	5:18	n8bh			ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ Θεῷ	1	“saying that he was like God” or “saying that he had as much authority as God”
281	5:19	f2qp				0	Jesus continues speaking to the Jewish leaders.
282	5:19	rr9q			ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in John 1:51.
283	5:19	x9sl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἃ γὰρ ἂν ἐκεῖνος ποιῇ, ταῦτα καὶ ὁ Υἱὸς & ποιεῖ	1	Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father’s leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
284	5:19	iuc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς & Πατέρα	1	These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
285	5:20	zlr7			ὑμεῖς θαυμάζητε	1	“you will be surprised” or “you will be shocked”
286	5:20	t3b4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ γὰρ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ τὸν Υἱὸν	1	Jesus, as the Son of God, followed and obeyed his Father’s leadership on earth, because Jesus knew the Father loved him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
287	5:20	x8ac			φιλεῖ	1	The kind of love that comes from God is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. God himself is love and is the source of true love.
288	5:21	s6te		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ & Υἱὸς	1	These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
289	5:21	xzu4			ζῳοποιεῖ	1	This refers to “spiritual life.”
290	5:22	b2l6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ κρίνει οὐδένα, ἀλλὰ τὴν κρίσιν πᾶσαν δέδωκεν τῷ Υἱῷ	1	The word “for” marks a comparison. The Son of God carries out judgment for God the Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
291	5:23	p2kj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τιμῶσι τὸν Υἱὸν, καθὼς τιμῶσι τὸν Πατέρα. ὁ μὴ τιμῶν τὸν Υἱὸν, οὐ τιμᾷ τὸν Πατέρα	1	God the Son must be honored and worshiped just like God the Father. If we fail to honor God the Son, then we also fail to honor God the Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
292	5:24	w6wu			ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	See how you translated this in John 1:51.
293	5:24	eg5h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ τὸν λόγον μου ἀκούων	1	Here “word” is a metonym that represents the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “anyone who hears my message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
294	5:24	ql7q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	εἰς κρίσιν οὐκ ἔρχεται	1	This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “will be judged to be innocent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
295	5:25	gtu6			ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in John 1:51.
296	5:25	s23d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	οἱ νεκροὶ ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ οἱ ἀκούσαντες ζήσουσιν	1	The voice of Jesus, the Son of God, will raise dead people from the grave. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
297	5:25	d81y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
298	5:26	p6ub		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὥσπερ γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, οὕτως καὶ τῷ Υἱῷ ἔδωκεν ζωὴν, ἔχειν ἐν ἑαυτῷ	1	The word “For” marks a comparison. The Son of God has the power to give life, just as the Father does. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
299	5:26	x136		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ & Υἱῷ	1	These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
300	5:26	f5vq			ζωὴν	1	This means spiritual life.
301	5:27	g58f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς Ἀνθρώπου	1	These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
302	5:27	pr1c			ἐξουσίαν ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ κρίσιν ποιεῖν	1	The Son of God has the authority of God the Father to judge.
303	5:28	sr8j			μὴ θαυμάζετε τοῦτο	1	“This” refers to the fact that Jesus, as the Son of Man, has the power to give eternal life and to carry out judgment.
304	5:28	h9l7			ἀκούσουσιν τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ	1	“hear my voice”
305	5:30	ayn1			τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	The word “him” refers to God the Father.
306	5:32	yt31			ἄλλος ἐστὶν ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	“There is someone else who tells people about me”
307	5:32	nr3l			ἄλλος	1	This refers to God.
308	5:32	uxh5			ἀληθής ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία ἣν μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	“what he tells people about me is true”
309	5:34	rvc5			ἐγὼ & οὐ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου τὴν μαρτυρίαν λαμβάνω	1	“I do not need people’s testimony”
310	5:34	a4je		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὑμεῖς σωθῆτε	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so God can save you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
311	5:35	w4w3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐκεῖνος ἦν ὁ λύχνος ὁ καιόμενος καὶ φαίνων; ὑμεῖς δὲ ἠθελήσατε ἀγαλλιαθῆναι πρὸς ὥραν ἐν τῷ φωτὶ αὐτοῦ	1	Here “lamp” and “light” are metaphors. John taught the people about God and this was like a lamp shining its light into the dark. Alternate translation: “John taught you about God and this was like a lamp shining its light. And for a while what John said made you happy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
312	5:36	rt6j			τὰ & ἔργα ἃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, ἵνα τελειώσω αὐτά, αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ, ὅτι ὁ Πατήρ με ἀπέσταλκεν	1	God the Father has sent God the Son, Jesus, to earth. Jesus completes what the Father gives him to do.
313	5:36	dvr9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
314	5:36	yz3u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	αὐτὰ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιῶ, μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	Here Jesus says that the miracles “testify” or “tell the people” about him. Alternate translation: “What I do shows the people that God has sent me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
315	5:37	p157		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	ὁ πέμψας με Πατὴρ, ἐκεῖνος μεμαρτύρηκεν	1	The reflexive pronoun “himself” emphasizes that it is the Father, not someone less important, who has testified. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
316	5:38	lxm4			τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα, ὅτι ὃν ἀπέστειλεν ἐκεῖνος, τούτῳ ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετε	1	“You do not believe in the one he has sent. That is how I know that you do not have his word remaining in you”
317	5:38	dfn1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ὑμῖν μένοντα	1	Jesus speaks of people living according to God’s word as if they were houses and God’s word were a person that lived in houses. Alternate translation: “You do not live according to his word” or “You do not obey his word” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
318	5:38	rc2n			τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ	1	“the message he spoke to you”
319	5:39	xi22			ἐν αὐταῖς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ἔχειν	1	“you will find eternal life if you read them” or “the scriptures will tell you how you can have eternal life”
320	5:40	dzm2			οὐ θέλετε ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	“you refuse to believe my message”
321	5:41	c1rx			λαμβάνω	1	accept
322	5:42	b1j4			τὴν ἀγάπην τοῦ Θεοῦ οὐκ ἔχετε ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	This can mean (1) “you really do not love God” or (2) “you have really not received God’s love.”
323	5:43	zw65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Here the word “name” is a metonym that symbolizes God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “I have come with my Father’s authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
324	5:43	rtb9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
325	5:43	ue9f			λαμβάνετέ	1	welcome as a friend
326	5:43	p7jg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐὰν ἄλλος ἔλθῃ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ ἰδίῳ	1	The word “name” is a metonym that represents authority. Alternate translation: “If another should come in his own authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
327	5:44	e999		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς δύνασθε ὑμεῖς πιστεῦσαι, δόξαν παρὰ ἀλλήλων λαμβάνοντες, καὶ τὴν δόξαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ μόνου Θεοῦ	1	This remark appears in the form of a question in order to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “There is no way you can believe because you accept praise … God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
328	5:44	g7qd			πιστεῦσαι	1	This means to trust in Jesus.
329	5:45	kk5q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἔστιν ὁ κατηγορῶν ὑμῶν Μωϋσῆς, εἰς ὃν ὑμεῖς ἠλπίκατε	1	“Moses” here is a metonym here that stands for the law itself. Alternate translation: “Moses accuses you in the Law, the very Law in which you have put your hopes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
330	5:45	pf98			ἠλπίκατε	1	“your confidence” or “your trust”
331	5:47	b8dd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	εἰ & τοῖς ἐκείνου γράμμασιν οὐ πιστεύετε, πῶς τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν πιστεύσετε	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to provide emphasis. Alternate translation: “You do not believe his writings, so you will never believe my words!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
332	5:47	x7h9			τοῖς ἐμοῖς ῥήμασιν	1	“what I say”
333	6:intro	xe4t				0	John 06 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter King The king of any nation was the richest and most powerful person in that nation. The people wanted Jesus to be their king because he gave them food and so they thought he would make the Jews into the richest and most powerful nation in the world. They did not understand that Jesus came to die so God could forgive his people’s sins and that the world would persecute his people. Important metaphors in this chapter Bread Bread was the most common and important food in Jesus’ day, and so the word “bread” was their general word for “food.” It is often difficult to translate the word “bread” into the languages of people who do not eat bread because the general word for food in some languages refers to food that did not exist in Jesus’ culture. Jesus used the word “bread” to refer to himself. He wanted them to understand that they need him so they can have eternal life. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) Eating the flesh and drinking the blood When Jesus said, “Unless you eat the flesh of the Son of Man and drink his blood, you will not have life in yourselves,” he knew that before he died he would tell his followers to do this by eating bread and drinking wine. In the event this chapter describes, he expected that his hearers would understand that he was using a metaphor but would not understand what the metaphor referred to. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Parenthetical Ideas Several times in this passage, John explains something or gives the reader some context to better understand the story. These explanation are intended to give the reader some additional knowledge without interrupting the flow of the narrative. The information is placed inside parentheses. “Son of Man” Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter (John 6;26). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
334	6:1	qhj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	Jesus has traveled from Jerusalem to Galilee. A crowd has followed him up a mountainside. These verses tell the setting of this part of the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
335	6:1	el4l			μετὰ ταῦτα	1	The phrase “these things” refers to the events in John 5:1-46 and introduces the event that follows.
336	6:1	z345		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπῆλθεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	It is implied in the text that Jesus traveled by boat and took his disciples with him. Alternate translation: “Jesus traveled by boat with his disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
337	6:2	qxs7			ὄχλος πολύς	1	“A large number of people”
338	6:2	g6zm			σημεῖα	1	This refers to the miracles that are used as evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over everything.
339	6:4	kct2				0	The action in the story begins in verse 5.
340	6:4	ri55		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς τὸ Πάσχα, ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about when the events happened. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
341	6:6	cj58		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	τοῦτο δὲ ἔλεγεν πειράζων αὐτόν; αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει τί ἔμελλεν ποιεῖν	1	John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to explain why Jesus asked Philip where to buy bread. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
342	6:6	uk6t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	αὐτὸς γὰρ ᾔδει	1	The reflexive pronoun “himself” makes it clear that the word “he” refers to Jesus. Jesus knew what he would do. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
343	6:7	z3gj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	διακοσίων δηναρίων ἄρτοι	1	The word “denarii” is the plural of “denarius. “Alternate translation: “The amount of bread that cost two hundred days’ wages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
344	6:9	k3k6			πέντε ἄρτους κριθίνους	1	“Five loaves of barley bread.” Barley was a common grain.
345	6:9	fjx1			ἄρτους	1	A loaf of bread is a lump of dough that is shaped and baked. These were probably small dense, round loaves.
346	6:9	xwu8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ταῦτα τί ἐστιν εἰς τοσούτους	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that they do not have enough food to feed everyone. Alternate translation: “these few loaves and fishes are not enough to feed so many people!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
347	6:10	n9ft			ἀναπεσεῖν	1	“lie down”
348	6:10	pf33		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἦν δὲ χόρτος πολὺς ἐν τῷ τόπῳ	1	John briefly stops telling about the events in the story in order to give background information about the place where this event happens. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
349	6:10	iz32			ἀνέπεσαν οὖν οἱ ἄνδρες, τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὡς πεντακισχίλιοι	1	While the crowd probably included women and children (John 6:4-5), here John is counting only the men.
350	6:11	mnw3			εὐχαριστήσας	1	Jesus prayed to God the Father and thanked him for the fish and the loaves.
351	6:11	wi9d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	διέδωκεν	1	“he” here represents “Jesus and his disciples.” Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples gave it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
352	6:13	y3zz				0	Jesus withdraws from the crowd. This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus feeding the crowd on the mountain.
353	6:13	hqx9			συνήγαγον	1	“the disciples gathered”
354	6:13	h64z			ἃ ἐπερίσσευσαν	1	the food that no one had eaten
355	6:14	nlw1			ὃ & σημεῖον	1	Jesus feeding the 5,000 people with five barley loaves and two fish
356	6:14	g8zb			ὁ προφήτης	1	the special prophet who Moses said would come into the world
357	6:16	qb23				0	This is the next event in the story. Jesus’ disciples go out onto the lake in a boat.
358	6:17	fkj2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	σκοτία ἤδη ἐγεγόνει, καὶ οὔπω ἐληλύθει πρὸς αὐτοὺς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Use your language’s way of showing that this is background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
359	6:19	xx7d			ἐληλακότες	1	Boats usually had two, four, or six people rowing with rowers on each side working together. Your culture may have different ways of making a boat go across a large body of water.
360	6:19	sgf4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	ὡς σταδίους εἴκοσι πέντε ἢ τριάκοντα	1	A “stadium” is 185 meters. Alternate translation: “about five or six kilometers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
361	6:20	d6wv			μὴ φοβεῖσθε	1	“Stop being afraid!”
362	6:21	qtw5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἤθελον & λαβεῖν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πλοῖον	1	It is implied that Jesus gets into the boat. Alternate translation: “they gladly received him into the boat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
363	6:22	yy7c			τῆς θαλάσσης	1	“the Sea of Galilee”
364	6:23	z5b4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἄλλα ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος, ἐγγὺς τοῦ τόπου ὅπου ἔφαγον τὸν ἄρτον, εὐχαριστήσαντος τοῦ Κυρίου	1	Use your language’s way of showing that this is background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
365	6:23	w7qu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἦλθεν πλοῖα ἐκ Τιβεριάδος	1	Here, John provides more background information. The next day, after Jesus fed the people, some boats with people from Tiberius came to see Jesus. However, Jesus and his disciples had left the night before. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
366	6:24	cql6				0	The people go to Capernaum to find Jesus. When they see him, they start asking him questions.
367	6:26	f8j4			ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	See how you translated this in John 1:51.
368	6:27	czb3			ζωὴν αἰώνιον, ἣν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου ὑμῖν δώσει; τοῦτον γὰρ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐσφράγισεν ὁ Θεός	1	God the Father has given his approval to Jesus, the Son of Man, to give eternal life to those who believe in him.
369	6:27	b94w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου & ὁ Πατὴρ & ὁ Θεός	1	These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
370	6:27	gf9q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τοῦτον & ἐσφράγισεν	1	To “set a seal” on something means to place a mark on it to show to whom it belongs. This means that the Son belongs to the Father and that the Father approves of him in every way. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
371	6:31	gye7			οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν	1	“Our forefathers” or “Our ancestors”
372	6:31	jz9p			τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	This refers to the place where God lives.
373	6:32	e6s1			ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	See how you translated this in John 1:51.
374	6:32	ega4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατήρ μου δίδωσιν ὑμῖν τὸν ἄρτον ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ τὸν ἀληθινόν	1	The “true bread” is a metaphor for Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Father gives to you the Son as the true bread from heaven” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
375	6:32	c73l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
376	6:33	rrf5			ζωὴν διδοὺς τῷ κόσμῳ	1	“gives spiritual life to the world”
377	6:33	k897		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	Here the “world” is a metonym for all of the people in the world who trust in Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
378	6:35	cr2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1	Through metaphor, Jesus compares himself with bread. Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. Alternate translation: “Just as food keeps you alive physically, I can give you spiritual life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
379	6:35	w1sp			ὁ πιστεύων εἰς	1	This means to believe that Jesus is the Son of God, to trust him as Savior, and to live in a way that honors him.
380	6:37	n6bk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	πᾶν ὃ δίδωσίν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, πρὸς ἐμὲ ἥξει	1	God the Father and God the Son will save forever those who believe in Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
381	6:37	vpz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
382	6:37	i92s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	τὸν ἐρχόμενον πρός ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἐκβάλω ἔξω	1	This sentence states the opposite of what it means for emphasis. Alternate translation: “I will keep everyone who comes to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
383	6:38	z84i				0	Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
384	6:38	cpi9			τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	“my Father, who sent me”
385	6:39	x5c1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes	πᾶν ὃ & μὴ ἀπολέσω ἐξ αὐτοῦ	1	Here litotes is used to emphasize that Jesus will keep everyone that God gives to him. Alternate translation: “I should keep all of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
386	6:39	j7q6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸ	1	Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “will cause them to live again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
387	6:41	t91b				0	The Jewish leaders interrupt Jesus as he is speaking to the crowd.
388	6:41	jl8l			ἐγόγγυζον	1	talked unhappily
389	6:41	wwa5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος	1	Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. See how you translated this in John 6:35. Alternate translation: “I am the one who is like true bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
390	6:42	bm3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰησοῦς ὁ υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ, οὗ ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders believe that Jesus is no one special. Alternate translation: “This is just Jesus, the son of Joseph, whose father and mother we know! (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
391	6:42	i81r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς νῦν λέγει, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καταβέβηκα	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders do not believe that Jesus came from heaven. Alternate translation: “He is lying when he says that he came from heaven!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
392	6:43	pk4s				0	Jesus continues speaking to the crowd and now also to the Jewish leaders.
393	6:44	s6b5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “cause him to live again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
394	6:44	rr2m			ἑλκύσῃ	1	This can mean (1) “pulls” or (2) “attracts.”
395	6:44	jb73		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
396	6:45	j1af		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τοῖς προφήταις	1	This is a passive statement that can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “The prophets wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
397	6:45	rk3b			πᾶς ὁ ἀκούσας παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς καὶ μαθὼν, ἔρχεται πρὸς ἐμέ	1	The Jews thought Jesus was the “son of Joseph” (John 6:42), but he is the Son of God because his Father is God, not Joseph. Those who truly learn from God the Father believe in Jesus, who is God the Son.
398	6:46	lcz8				0	Jesus now continues speaking to the crowd and the Jewish leaders.
399	6:46	i9mp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
400	6:47	de5y			ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	See how you translated this in John 1:51.
401	6:47	t8lk			ὁ πιστεύων ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	God gives “eternal life” to those who trust in Jesus, the Son of God.
402	6:48	iih2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς	1	Just as bread is necessary for our physical life, Jesus is necessary for our spiritual life. See how you translated this in John 6:35. Alternate translation: “Just like food that keeps you alive physically, I can give you spiritual life that lasts forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
403	6:49	uh76			οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν	1	“Your forefathers” or “Your ancestors”
404	6:49	mr3u			ἀπέθανον	1	This refers to physical death.
405	6:50	sa53		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος	1	Here “bread” is a metaphor that points to Jesus who is the one who gives spiritual life just as bread sustains physical life. Alternate translation: “I am like the true bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
406	6:50	v212			μὴ ἀποθάνῃ	1	“live forever.” Here the word “die” refers to spiritual death.
407	6:51	px99			ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν	1	This means “the bread that causes people to live” (John 6:35).
408	6:51	nb41		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς	1	Here “the world” is a metonym that represents the lives of all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “that will give life to all the people in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
409	6:52	v6g7				0	Some Jews who are present begin to argue among themselves and Jesus responds to their question.
410	6:52	fj5p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται οὗτος ἡμῖν δοῦναι τὴν σάρκα φαγεῖν	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the Jewish leaders are reacting negatively to what Jesus has said about “his flesh.” Alternate translation: “There is no way that this man can give us his flesh to eat!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
411	6:53	q8jl			ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	See how you translated this in John 1:51.
412	6:53	r7hh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	φάγητε τὴν σάρκα τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ πίητε αὐτοῦ τὸ αἷμα	1	Here the phrases “eat the flesh” and “drink his blood” are a metaphor that shows how trusting in Jesus, the Son of Man, is like receiving spiritual food and drink. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
413	6:53	j1ga			οὐκ ἔχετε ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	“you will not receive eternal life”
414	6:54	t3xn				0	Jesus continues speaking to all those listening to him.
415	6:54	hc5d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ τρώγων μου τὴν σάρκα, καὶ πίνων μου τὸ αἷμα, ἔχει ζωὴν αἰώνιον	1	The phrases “eats my flesh” and “drinks my blood” are a metaphor for trusting Jesus. Just as people need food and drink in order to live, people need to trust Jesus in order to have eternal life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
416	6:54	ym6w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀναστήσω αὐτὸν	1	Here to raise up is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “cause him to live again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
417	6:54	qia5			τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	“on the day when God judges everyone”
418	6:55	cik2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἡ & σάρξ μου ἀληθής ἐστι βρῶσις, καὶ τὸ αἷμά μου ἀληθής ἐστι πόσις	1	The phrases “true food” and “true drink” are a metaphor that means Jesus gives life to those who trust in him. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
419	6:56	u3w4			ἐν ἐμοὶ μένει, κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ	1	“has a close relationship with me”
420	6:57	dba2			καὶ ὁ τρώγων με	1	The phrase “eats me” is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
421	6:57	nfz4			ζῶν Πατὴρ	1	Possible meanings are (1) “the Father who gives life” or (2) “the Father who is alive.”
422	6:57	m1l5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
423	6:58	m2nz			οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1	Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “I am the bread that has come down from heaven” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
424	6:58	kv16		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς	1	The bread is a metaphor for what gives life. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
425	6:58	j2hx			ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	Jesus spoke about himself as “this bread.” Alternate translation: “He who eats me, the bread” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person)
426	6:58	jv4c			ὁ τρώγων τοῦτον τὸν ἄρτον	1	Here “eats this bread” is a metaphor for trusting Jesus. However, the Jews did not understand this. Do not make the meaning of this metaphor more clear than Jesus did. (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor)
427	6:58	i9ih			οἱ πατέρες	1	“the forefathers” or “the ancestors”
428	6:59	ph39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ταῦτα εἶπεν ἐν συναγωγῇ, διδάσκων ἐν Καφαρναούμ	1	Here John gives background information about when this event happened. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
429	6:60	t1me				0	Some of the disciples ask a question and Jesus responds, as he continues speaking to the crowd.
430	6:60	cp3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς δύναται αὐτοῦ ἀκούειν	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the disciples have difficulty understanding what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “no one can accept it!” or “it is too hard to understand!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
431	6:61	rn8i			τοῦτο ὑμᾶς σκανδαλίζει	1	“Does this shock you?” or “Does this upset you?”
432	6:62	r33r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἐὰν οὖν θεωρῆτε τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, ἀναβαίνοντα ὅπου ἦν τὸ πρότερον	1	Jesus offers this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that his disciples will see other things that are also hard to understand. Alternate translation: “Then you will not know what to think when you see me, the Son of Man, going up into heaven!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
433	6:63	y558			ὠφελεῖ	1	The word “profit” means to cause good things to happen.
434	6:63	fy9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ῥήματα	1	Possible meanings are (1) Jesus’ words in John 6:32-58 or (2) everything Jesus teaches. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
435	6:63	plw8			τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λελάληκα ὑμῖν	1	“What I have told you”
436	6:63	gb29			πνεῦμά ἐστιν καὶ ζωή ἐστιν	1	Possible meanings are (1) “are about the Spirit and eternal life” or (2) “are from the Spirit and give eternal life” or (3) “are about spiritual things and life.”
437	6:64	k7ir				0	Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
438	6:64	ey1e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ᾔδει γὰρ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ μὴ πιστεύοντες, καὶ τίς ἐστιν ὁ παραδώσων αὐτόν	1	Here John gives background information about what Jesus knew would happen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
439	6:65	c3cl			οὐδεὶς δύναται ἐλθεῖν πρός με, ἐὰν μὴ ᾖ δεδομένον αὐτῷ ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός	1	Whoever wants to believe must come to God through the Son. Only God the Father allows people to come to Jesus.
440	6:65	g4za		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
441	6:65	f7l1			ἐλθεῖν πρός με	1	“follow me and receive eternal life”
442	6:66	h8j9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκέτι μετ’ αὐτοῦ περιεπάτουν	1	Jesus went from one place to another by walking, so it is literally true that they did not walk where and when he walked, but the reader should also be able to understand that this metaphor indicates that they no longer wanted to hear what he had to say. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
443	6:66	v7gq			τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ	1	Here “his disciples” refers to the general group of people who followed Jesus.
444	6:67	bg2f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	τοῖς δώδεκα	1	This is an ellipsis for “the twelve disciples,” a specific group of twelve men who followed Jesus for his entire ministry. Alternate translation: “the twelve disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
445	6:68	g9l4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Κύριε, πρὸς τίνα ἀπελευσόμεθα	1	Simon Peter gives this remark in the form of a question to emphasize that he desires to follow only Jesus. Alternate translation: “Lord, we could never follow anyone but you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
446	6:70	z9yc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	Verse 71 is not part of the main story line as John comments on what Jesus said. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
447	6:70	m9ys		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐγὼ ὑμᾶς τοὺς δώδεκα ἐξελεξάμην, καὶ ἐξ ὑμῶν εἷς διάβολός ἐστιν	1	Jesus gives this remark in the form of a question to draw attention to the fact that one of the disciples will betray him. Alternate translation: “I chose you all myself, yet one of you is a servant of Satan!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
448	7:intro	l712				0	John 07 General Notes Structure and formatting This whole chapter concerns the concept of believing Jesus to be the Messiah. Some people believed this to be true while others rejected it. Some were willing to recognize his power and even the possibility that he was a prophet, but most were unwilling to believe that he was the Messiah. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) Translators may wish to include a note at verse 53 to explain to the reader why they have chosen or chosen not to translate verses 7:53-8:11. Special concepts in this chapter “My time has not yet come” This phrase and “his hour had not yet come” are used in this chapter to indicate that Jesus is in control of the events unfolding in his life. “Living water” This is an important image used in the New Testament. It is a metaphor. Because this metaphor is given in a desert environment, it probably emphasizes that Jesus is able to give life sustaining nourishment. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Prophecy Jesus gives a prophecy about his life without an explicit statement in John John 7:33-34. Irony Nicodemus explains to the other Pharisees that the Law requires him to hear directly from a person before making a judgment about them. The Pharisees in turn made a judgment about Jesus without speaking to Jesus. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “Did not believe in him” Jesus’ brothers did not believe Jesus was the Messiah. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]]) “The Jews” This term is used in two different ways in this passage. It is used specifically in reference to the opposition of the Jewish leaders who were trying to kill him (John 7:1). It is also used in reference to the people of Judea in general who had a positive opinion of Jesus (John 7:13). The translator may wish to use the terms “Jewish leaders” and “Jewish people” or “Jews (leaders)” and “Jews (in general).”
449	7:1	gg4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	Jesus is in Galilee speaking to his brothers. These verses tell about when this event occurred. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
450	7:1	b99m			μετὰ ταῦτα	1	These words tell the reader that the writer will begin talking about a new event. “After he finished speaking with the disciples” (John 6:66-71) or “Some time later”
451	7:1	k5yv			περιεπάτει	1	The reader should understand that Jesus probably walked rather than riding an animal or in a vehicle.
452	7:1	r94g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι ἀποκτεῖναι	1	Here “the Jews” is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders were making plans to kill him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
453	7:2	m4ch			ἦν δὲ ἐγγὺς ἡ ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἡ σκηνοπηγία	1	“Now the time for the festival of the Jews was near” or “Now it was almost time for the Jewish festival of Shelters”
454	7:3	x8ce			οἱ ἀδελφοὶ	1	This refers to the actual younger brothers of Jesus, the sons of Mary and Joseph.
455	7:3	id2z			σοῦ τὰ ἔργα ἃ ποιεῖς	1	The word “works” refers to the miracles that Jesus had performed.
456	7:4	by1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	ζητεῖ αὐτὸς	1	The word “himself” is a reflexive pronoun that emphasizes the word “he.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
457	7:4	f33j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	Here “the world” is a metonym for all of the people in the world. Alternate translation: “all people” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
458	7:5	mz2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	οὐδὲ γὰρ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ ἐπίστευον εἰς αὐτὸν	1	This sentence is a break from the main story line as John tells us some background information about the brothers of Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
459	7:5	bs7f			οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ	1	“his younger brothers”
460	7:6	n5bj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ καιρὸς ὁ ἐμὸς οὔπω πάρεστιν	1	The word “time” is a metonym. Jesus is implying that it is not the right time for him to bring his ministry to a close. Alternate translation: “It is not the right time for me to end my work” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
461	7:6	shs9			ὁ & καιρὸς ὁ ὑμέτερος πάντοτέ ἐστιν ἕτοιμος	1	“any time is good for you”
462	7:7	h7kv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐ δύναται ὁ κόσμος μισεῖν ὑμᾶς	1	Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “All the people in the world cannot hate you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
463	7:7	e5hq			ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ αὐτοῦ, ὅτι τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ πονηρά ἐστιν	1	“I tell them that what they are doing is evil”
464	7:8	pt7f				0	Jesus continues speaking to his brothers.
465	7:8	evk6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ ἐμὸς καιρὸς οὔπω πεπλήρωται	1	Here Jesus is implying that if he goes to Jerusalem, he will bring his work to an end. Alternate translation: “It is not the right time for me to go to Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
466	7:10	xw52				0	The setting of the story has changed, Jesus and his brothers are now at the festival.
467	7:10	jz6l			ὡς & ἀνέβησαν οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν	1	These “brothers” were the younger brothers of Jesus.
468	7:10	z4ym			καὶ αὐτὸς ἀνέβη	1	Jerusalem is at a higher elevation than Galilee where Jesus and his brothers were previously.
469	7:10	rw5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	οὐ φανερῶς, ἀλλὰ ὡς ἐν κρυπτῷ	1	These two phrases mean the same thing. The idea is repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: “very secretly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
470	7:11	i6cl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	οἱ & Ἰουδαῖοι ἐζήτουν αὐτὸν	1	Here the word “Jews”is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” The word “him” refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders were looking for Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
471	7:12	c27a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πλανᾷ τὸν ὄχλον	1	Here “leads … astray” is a metaphor for persuading someone to believe something that is not true. Alternate translation: “he deceives the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
472	7:13	x3xa			τὸν φόβον	1	This refers to the unpleasant feeling a person has when there is a threat of harm to himself or others.
473	7:13	n8bb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	The word “Jews” is a synecdoche for the leaders of the Jews who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
474	7:14	yut8				0	Jesus is now teaching the Jews in the temple.
475	7:15	e7ve		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς οὗτος γράμματα οἶδεν	1	The remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize the Jewish leaders’ surprise that Jesus has so much knowledge. Alternate translation: “He cannot possibly know so much about the scriptures!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
476	7:16	h7mr			ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με	1	“but comes from God, the one who sent me”
477	7:17	srx3				0	Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
478	7:18	xf9j			ὁ & δὲ ζητῶν τὴν δόξαν τοῦ πέμψαντος αὐτὸν, οὗτος ἀληθής ἐστιν, καὶ ἀδικία ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν	1	“when a person only seeks to honor the one who sent him, that person is speaking the truth. He does not lie”
479	7:19	pib5				0	Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
480	7:19	c7xq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐ Μωϋσῆς δέδωκεν ὑμῖν τὸν νόμον	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “It was Moses who gave you the law” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
481	7:19	iwv8			ποιεῖ τὸν νόμον	1	“obeys the law”
482	7:19	bfd2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί με ζητεῖτε ἀποκτεῖναι	1	Jesus questions the motives of the Jewish leaders who want to kill him for breaking the law of Moses. He implies that the leaders themselves do not keep that same Law. Alternate translation: “You break the Law yourselves and yet you want to kill me!” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
483	7:20	l1rq			δαιμόνιον ἔχεις	1	“This shows that you are crazy, or maybe a demon is controlling you!”
484	7:20	r9wi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς σε ζητεῖ ἀποκτεῖναι	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “No one is trying to kill you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
485	7:21	b63z			ἓν ἔργον	1	“one miracle” or “one sign”
486	7:21	l1zf			πάντες θαυμάζετε	1	“you all are shocked”
487	7:22	d8sw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	οὐχ ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐστὶν, ἀλλ’ ἐκ τῶν πατέρων	1	Here John provides additional information about circumcision. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
488	7:22	cs9z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν Σαββάτῳ περιτέμνετε ἄνθρωπον	1	Jesus implies that the act of circumcision also involves work. Alternate translation: “you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath. That is working too” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
489	7:22	dl6z			ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1	“on the Jewish Day of Rest”
490	7:23	t21u			εἰ περιτομὴν λαμβάνει ἄνθρωπος ἐν Σαββάτῳ, ἵνα μὴ λυθῇ ὁ νόμος Μωϋσέως	1	“If you circumcise a male baby on the Sabbath so that you do not break the law of Moses”
491	7:23	w9wn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἐμοὶ χολᾶτε ὅτι ὅλον ἄνθρωπον ὑγιῆ ἐποίησα ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “you should not be angry with me because I made a man completely well on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
492	7:23	f437			ἐν Σαββάτῳ	1	“on the Jewish Day of Rest?”
493	7:24	x4fl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ κρίνετε κατ’ ὄψιν, ἀλλὰ τὴν δικαίαν κρίσιν κρίνετε	1	Jesus implies that the people should not decide what is right, based only on what they can see. Behind the action is a motive that cannot be seen. Alternate translation: “Stop judging people according to what you see! Be more concerned with what is right according to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
494	7:25	ts7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὃν ζητοῦσιν ἀποκτεῖναι	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “This is Jesus whom they are seeking to kill!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
495	7:26	n5pi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδὲν αὐτῷ λέγουσιν	1	This implies that the Jewish leaders are not opposing Jesus. Alternate translation: “they say nothing to oppose him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
496	7:26	s2un		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μήποτε ἀληθῶς ἔγνωσαν οἱ ἄρχοντες, ὅτι οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστός	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Maybe they have decided that he is truly the Messiah!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
497	7:28	zxh7			ἔκραξεν	1	“spoke in a loud voice”
498	7:28	ah7u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	Jesus and the people were actually in the courtyard of the temple. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
499	7:28	rq9t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	κἀμὲ οἴδατε, καὶ οἴδατε πόθεν εἰμί	1	John uses irony in this statement. The people believe that Jesus is from Nazareth. They do not know that God sent him from heaven and that he was born in Bethlehem. Alternate translation: “You all know me and you think you know where I come from” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
500	7:28	w35k			ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	“on my own authority.” See how you translated “of himself” in John 5:19.
501	7:28	a2h9			ἔστιν ἀληθινὸς ὁ πέμψας με	1	“God is the one who sent me and he is true”
502	7:30	pxr4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ	1	The word “hour” is a metonym that represents the right time for Jesus to be arrested, according to God’s plan. Alternate translation: “it was not the right time to arrest him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
503	7:31	y5m8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ὁ Χριστὸς, ὅταν ἔλθῃ, μὴ πλείονα σημεῖα ποιήσει ὧν οὗτος ἐποίησεν	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “When the Christ comes, surely he will not be able to do more signs than this man has done!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
504	7:31	x8e4			σημεῖα	1	This refers to the miracles that prove that Jesus is the Christ.
505	7:33	xm7p			ἔτι χρόνον μικρὸν μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι	1	“I will remain with you for only a short period of time”
506	7:33	b4m8			καὶ ὑπάγω πρὸς τὸν πέμψαντά με	1	Here Jesus refers to God the Father, who sent him.
507	7:34	p7w6			ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ ὑμεῖς, οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1	“you will not be able to come to the place where I am”
508	7:35	zn29		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	εἶπον οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς ἑαυτούς	1	The “Jews” is a synecdoche that represents the leaders of the Jews who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said among themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
509	7:35	ef1y			τὴν διασπορὰν	1	This refers to the Jews that were spread all across the Greek world, outside of Palestine.
510	7:36	ib6p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τίς ἐστιν ὁ λόγος οὗτος ὃν εἶπε	1	This “word” is a metonym which stands for the meaning of the message that Jesus had shared, which the Jewish leaders had failed to understand. Alternate translation: “What is he talking about when he said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
511	7:37	elc6				0	Some time has passed. It is now the last day of the festival and Jesus speaks to the crowd.
512	7:37	fg95			ἡμέρᾳ & μεγάλῃ	1	It is “great” because it is the last, or most important, day of the festival.
513	7:37	iy9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις διψᾷ	1	Here the word “thirsty” is a metaphor that means one’s great desire for the things of God, just as one “thirsts” for water. Alternate translation: “Those who desire the things of God like a thirty man desires water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
514	7:37	ayn6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐρχέσθω πρός με καὶ πινέτω	1	The word “drink” is a metaphor that means to receive the spiritual life that Jesus provides. Alternate translation: “let him come to me and quench his spiritual thirst” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
515	7:38	u9cx			ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, καθὼς εἶπεν ἡ Γραφή	1	“As the scripture says about anyone who believes in me”
516	7:38	uw2q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποταμοὶ & ῥεύσουσιν ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	The “rivers of living water” is a metaphor that represents the life that Jesus provides for those who are spiritually “thirsty.” Alternate translation: “spiritual life will flow like rivers of water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
517	7:38	yt75		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὕδατος ζῶντος	1	Possible meanings are (1) “water that gives life” or (2) “water that causes people to live.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
518	7:38	cx1q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ τῆς κοιλίας αὐτοῦ	1	Here the stomach represents the inside of a person, specifically the non-physical part of a person. Alternate translation: “from inside of him” or “from his heart” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
519	7:39	i8wx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	In this verse the author gives information to clarify what Jesus is talking about. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
520	7:39	syp9			δὲ εἶπεν	1	Here “he” refers to Jesus.
521	7:39	qbr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὔπω & ἦν Πνεῦμα	1	John implies that the Spirit would later come to live in those who trusted Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Spirit had not yet come to live in the believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
522	7:39	n599			ὅτι Ἰησοῦς οὐδέπω ἐδοξάσθη	1	Here the word “glorified” refers to the time when God would honor the Son after his death and resurrection.
523	7:40	shq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὗτός ἐστιν ἀληθῶς ὁ προφήτης	1	By saying this, the people are indicating that they believe Jesus is the prophet like Moses that God had promised to send. Alternate translation: “This is indeed the prophet who is like Moses that we have been waiting for” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
524	7:41	alq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας ὁ Χριστὸς ἔρχεται	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “The Christ cannot come from Galilee!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
525	7:42	n8nb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν, ὅτι ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Δαυεὶδ, καὶ ἀπὸ Βηθλέεμ, τῆς κώμης ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ, ἔρχεται ὁ Χριστός	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “The scriptures teach that Christ will come from the line of David and from Bethlehem, the village where David was!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
526	7:42	ep4z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	οὐχ ἡ Γραφὴ εἶπεν	1	The scriptures are referred to as if they were actually speaking as a person speaks. Alternate translation: “The prophets wrote in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
527	7:42	zjh5			ὅπου ἦν Δαυεὶδ	1	“where David lived”
528	7:43	lf5r			σχίσμα οὖν ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ δι’ αὐτόν	1	The crowds could not agree about who or what Jesus was.
529	7:44	rc64		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀλλ’ οὐδεὶς ἐπέβαλεν ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς χεῖρας	1	To lay hands on someone is an idiom which means to grab him or to hold onto him. Alternate translation: “but no one grabbed him to arrest him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
530	7:45	m3rf			οἱ ὑπηρέται	1	“the temple guards”
531	7:46	qwv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος	1	The officers exaggerate to show how impressed they are by what Jesus said. You may need to make explicit that the officer were not claiming to know everything that every person in all times and places had ever said. “We have never heard anyone say such amazing things as this man!” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
532	7:47	d4xy			οὖν & οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	“Because they said that, the Pharisees”
533	7:47	t91p			ἀπεκρίθησαν & αὐτοῖς	1	“answered the officers”
534	7:47	z95z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	καὶ ὑμεῖς πεπλάνησθε	1	The remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. The Pharisees are shocked at the response of the officers. Alternate translation: “You have been deceived too!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
535	7:48	e8vu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τις ἐκ τῶν ἀρχόντων ἐπίστευσεν εἰς αὐτὸν, ἢ ἐκ τῶν Φαρισαίων	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “None of the rulers or Pharisees have believed in him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
536	7:49	e5td			τὸν νόμον	1	This is a reference to the law of the Pharisees and not the law of Moses.
537	7:49	fe7d			ἀλλὰ ὁ ὄχλος οὗτος, ὁ μὴ γινώσκων τὸν νόμον, ἐπάρατοί εἰσιν	1	“As for this crowd that does not know the law, God will cause them to perish!”
538	7:50	u5ha		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ὁ ἐλθὼν πρὸς αὐτὸν πρότερον, εἷς ὢν ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	John provides this information to remind us of who Nicodemus is. Your language may have a special way to mark background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
539	7:51	ia3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μὴ ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ πρῶτον παρ’ αὐτοῦ, καὶ γνῷ τί ποιεῖ	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Our Jewish law does not allow us to judge a man … what he does!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
540	7:51	y8df		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ὁ νόμος ἡμῶν κρίνει τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	Here Nicodemus speaks of the law as if it were a person. If this is not natural in your language, you may translate it with a personal subject. Alternate translation: “Do we judge a man” or “we do not judge a man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
541	7:52	pt91		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας εἶ	1	The Jewish leaders know that Nicodemus is not from Galilee. They ask this question as a way of scoffing at him. Alternate translation: “You must also be one of those inferior persons from Galilee!” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
542	7:52	k6pg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ἐραύνησον καὶ ἴδε	1	This is an ellipsis. You may wish to include the information that does not appear. Alternate translation: “Search carefully and read what is written in the Scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
543	7:52	jm59			προφήτης ἐκ τῆς Γαλιλαίας οὐκ ἐγείρεται	1	This probably refers to the belief that Jesus was born in Galilee.
544	7:53	s5fi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants		0	The best early texts do not have 7:53 - 8:11. The ULT has set them apart in square brackets ([ ]) to show that John probably did not include them in his original text. Translators are encouraged to translate them, to set them apart with square brackets, and to include a footnote like the one written on John 7:53. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
545	8:intro	e667				0	John 08 General Notes Structure and formatting Translators may wish to include a note at verse 1 to explain to the reader why they have chosen to translate or to not translate verses 8:1-11. Special concepts in this chapter A light and darkness The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. Here it is all Gentiles (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) I AM John records Jesus as saying these words four times in this book, three times in this chapter. They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew word for “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses. For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]). The Scribes and Pharisees’ trap The Scribes and Pharisees wanted to trick Jesus. They wanted him to say either that they should keep the law of Moses by killing a woman whom they had found committing adultery or that they should disobey the law of Moses and forgive her sin. Jesus knew that they were trying to trick him and that they did not really want to keep the law of Moses. He knew this because the law said that both the woman and the man should die, but they did not bring the man to Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “Son of Man” Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter (John 8:28). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
546	8:1	mkz2				0	While some texts have 7:53 - 8:11, the best and earliest texts do not include them.
547	8:12	m4ma		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	Jesus is speaking to a crowd near the treasury in the temple after either the events of John 7:1-52 or the events of John 7:53-8:11. The author neither gives background to this event nor marks the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
548	8:12	k5ib		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου	1	Here the “light” is a metaphor for the revelation that comes from God. Alternate translation: “I am the one who gives light to the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
549	8:12	yc5p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	This is a metonym for the people. Alternate translation: “the people of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
550	8:12	zf41		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὁ ἀκολουθῶν ἐμοὶ	1	This is an idiom that means “everyone who does what I teach” or “everyone who obeys me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
551	8:12	tse3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐ μὴ περιπατήσῃ ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ	1	To “walk in darkness” is a metaphor for living a sinful life. Alternate translation: “will not live as if he were in the darkness of sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
552	8:12	vw7r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	φῶς τῆς ζωῆς	1	The “light of life” is a metaphor for the truth from God that gives spiritual life. Alternate translation: “truth that brings eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
553	8:13	ih9h			σὺ περὶ σεαυτοῦ μαρτυρεῖς	1	“You are just saying these things about yourself”
554	8:13	mrj6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ μαρτυρία σου οὐκ ἔστιν ἀληθής	1	The Pharisees are implying that the witness of only one person is not true because it cannot be verified. Alternate translation: “you cannot be your own witness” or “what you say about yourself may not be true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
555	8:14	x9rf			κἂν ἐγὼ μαρτυρῶ περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	“Even if I say these things about myself”
556	8:15	k92s			τὴν σάρκα	1	“human standards and the laws of men”
557	8:15	j79i			ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω οὐδένα	1	Possible meanings are (1) “I do not judge anyone yet” or (2) “I am not judging anyone now.”
558	8:16	xnn5			ἐὰν κρίνω & ἐγώ	1	Possible meanings are (1) “if I judge people” or (2) “whenever I judge people”
559	8:16	jb2f			ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμὴ ἀληθινή ἐστιν	1	Possible meanings are (1) “my judgment will be right” or (2) “my judgment is right.”
560	8:16	emx1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	μόνος οὐκ εἰμί, ἀλλ’ ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ	1	Jesus, the Son of God, has authority because of his special relationship with his Father. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
561	8:16	ev1r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μόνος οὐκ εἰμί	1	The implied information is that Jesus is not alone in his judgment. Alternate translation: “I am not alone in how I judge” or “I do not judge alone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
562	8:16	f6nu			ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ & Πατήρ	1	The Father and the Son judge together. Alternate translation: “the Father also judges with me” or “the Father judges as I do”
563	8:16	r7dx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ & Πατήρ	1	This is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say “my Father” since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
564	8:17	uvc6				0	Jesus continues speaking to the Pharisees and other people about himself.
565	8:17	i1sl			καὶ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ δὲ τῷ ὑμετέρῳ	1	The word “Yes” shows that Jesus is adding to what he was saying before.
566	8:17	r2r8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γέγραπται	1	This is a passive phrase. You may translate it in an active form with a personal subject. Alternate translation: “Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
567	8:17	l6ln		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δύο ἀνθρώπων ἡ μαρτυρία ἀληθής ἐστιν	1	The logic implied here is that one person can verify the words of another. Alternate translation: “if two men say the same thing, then people know it is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
568	8:18	ff2p			ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	Jesus bears witness about himself. Alternate translation: “I give evidence to you about myself”
569	8:18	gfd3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ ὁ πέμψας με Πατήρ	1	The Father also bears witness about Jesus. You could make it explicit that this means Jesus’ testimony is true. Alternate translation: “my Father who sent me also brings evidence about me. So you should believe that what we tell you is true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
570	8:18	ycc8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ & Πατήρ	1	This is an important title for God. If your language must state whose Father this is, you could say “my Father” since Jesus switches to that in the following verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
571	8:19	s37n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	In verse 20 there is a break in Jesus’ speaking where the author give us background information regarding where Jesus had been teaching. Some languages may require the information about the setting to be placed at the beginning of this part of the story in John 8:12. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
572	8:19	d3b9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	οὔτε ἐμὲ οἴδατε, οὔτε τὸν Πατέρα μου. εἰ ἐμὲ ᾔδειτε, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου ἂν ᾔδειτε	1	Jesus indicates that to know him is to also know the Father. Both Father and Son are God. “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
573	8:19	b26z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα μου	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
574	8:20	b11j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὔπω ἐληλύθει ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ	1	The word “hour” is a metonym for the time for Jesus to die. Alternate translation: “it was not yet the right time for Jesus to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
575	8:21	xv3g				0	Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
576	8:21	gg46			ἐν τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν ἀποθανεῖσθε	1	Here the word “die” refers to spiritual death. Alternate translation: “die while you are still sinful” or “you will die while you are sinning”
577	8:21	e83m			ὑμεῖς οὐ δύνασθε ἐλθεῖν	1	“you are not able to come”
578	8:22	a4p4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἔλεγον & οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for “the Jewish leaders.” Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said” or “The Jewish authorities said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
579	8:23	zug9			ὑμεῖς ἐκ τῶν κάτω ἐστέ	1	“You were born in this world”
580	8:23	a7ny			ἐγὼ ἐκ τῶν ἄνω εἰμί	1	“I came from heaven”
581	8:23	svn1			ὑμεῖς ἐκ τούτου τοῦ κόσμου ἐστέ	1	“You belong to this world”
582	8:23	w9jl			ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	“I do not belong to this world”
583	8:24	jgw4			ἀποθανεῖσθε ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις ὑμῶν	1	“you will die without God’s forgiving your sins”
584	8:24	he1k			ὅτι ἐγώ εἰμι	1	Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus expects the people to understand that he is referring to what he already has already said about himself: “I am from above.”
585	8:25	t7tv			ἔλεγον	1	The word “They” refers to the Jewish leaders (John 8:22).
586	8:26	lsc7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ταῦτα λαλῶ εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “these things I say to all the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
587	8:27	hh1s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	This is a special title for God. Some languages may require the use of a possessive before the noun. Alternate translation: “his Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
588	8:28	x6ca			ὅταν ὑψώσητε	1	This refers to placing Jesus on the cross to kill him.
589	8:28	er3s			Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus used the title “Son of Man” to refer to himself.
590	8:28	tcs5			ἐγώ εἰμι	1	Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus is saying, “I am the one I claim to be.”
591	8:28	vq9k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	καθὼς ἐδίδαξέν με ὁ Πατὴρ, ταῦτα λαλῶ	1	“I am only saying what my Father taught me to say.” The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
592	8:29	w9cl			ὁ πέμψας με	1	The word “He” refers to God.
593	8:30	ld9x			ταῦτα αὐτοῦ λαλοῦντος	1	“As Jesus spoke these words”
594	8:30	uj29			πολλοὶ ἐπίστευσαν εἰς αὐτὸν	1	“many people trusted him”
595	8:31	g752		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	μείνητε ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τῷ ἐμῷ	1	This is an idiom that means “to obey Jesus.” Alternate translation: “obey what I have said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
596	8:31	iq3z			μαθηταί μού	1	“my followers”
597	8:32	esz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ἡ ἀλήθεια ἐλευθερώσει ὑμᾶς	1	This is personification. Jesus speaks of “the truth” as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “if you obey the truth, God will set you free” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
598	8:32	xf9m			τὴν ἀλήθειαν	1	This refers to what Jesus reveals about God. Alternate translation: “what is true about God”
599	8:33	n34n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, ὅτι ἐλεύθεροι γενήσεσθε	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jewish leaders’ shock at what Jesus has said. Alternate translation: “We do not need to be set free!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
600	8:34	i2pn			ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	See how you translated this in John 1:51.
601	8:34	jg3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	δοῦλός ἐστιν τῆς ἁμαρτίας	1	Here the word “slave” is a metaphor. This implies that “sin” is like a master for the one who sins. Alternate translation: “is like a slave to sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
602	8:35	sg4a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ	1	Here “house” is a metonym for “family.” Alternate translation: “as a permanent member of a family” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
603	8:35	j73t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	ὁ Υἱὸς μένει εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	This is an ellipsis. You may translate it by including the implied words. Alternate translation: “the son is a member of the family forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
604	8:36	n6fp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐὰν & ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ, ὄντως ἐλεύθεροι ἔσεσθε	1	It is implied that Jesus is talking about freedom from sin, which is a metaphor for being able not to sin. Alternate translation: “if the Son msets you free, you will truly be able to refrain from sin” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
605	8:36	w3q1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἐὰν & ὁ Υἱὸς ὑμᾶς ἐλευθερώσῃ	1	“Son” is an important title for Jesus, the Son of God. Jesus was speaking about himself. Alternate translation: “If I, the Son, set you free” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
606	8:37	p4xm				0	Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
607	8:37	ph1q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐμὸς οὐ χωρεῖ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	Here “word” is a metonym for the “teachings” or “message” of Jesus, which the Jewish leaders do not accept. Alternate translation: “you do not accept my teachings” or “you do not allow my message to change your life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
608	8:38	m62y			ἃ ἐγὼ ἑώρακα παρὰ τῷ Πατρὶ, λαλῶ	1	“I am telling you about the things I saw when I was with my Father”
609	8:38	f9yu			καὶ ὑμεῖς & ἃ ἠκούσατε παρὰ τοῦ πατρὸς, ποιεῖτε	1	The Jewish leaders do not understand that by “your father” Jesus is referring to the devil. Alternate translation: “you also continue doing what your father has told you to do”
610	8:39	qp2r			ὁ πατὴρ	1	forefather
611	8:40	s615			τοῦτο Ἀβραὰμ οὐκ ἐποίησεν	1	“Abraham never tried to kill anyone who told him the true revelation from God”
612	8:41	i87r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς ποιεῖτε τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν	1	Jesus implies that their father is the devil. Alternate translation: “No! You are doing the things that your real father did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
613	8:41	y82e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡμεῖς ἐκ πορνείας οὐ γεγεννήμεθα	1	Here the Jewish leaders imply that Jesus does not know who his real father is. Alternate translation: “We do not know about you, but we are not illegitimate children” or “We were all born from proper marriages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
614	8:41	iz3h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἕνα Πατέρα ἔχομεν, τὸν Θεόν	1	Here the Jewish leaders claim God as their spiritual Father. This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
615	8:42	nh4m			ἠγαπᾶτε	1	This is the kind of love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others (including those who are our enemies), even when it does not benefit oneself.
616	8:43	ig11		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	διὰ τί τὴν λαλιὰν τὴν ἐμὴν οὐ γινώσκετε	1	Jesus is using this question mainly to rebuke the Jewish leaders for not listening to him. Alternate translation: “I will tell you why you do not understand what I say!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
617	8:43	cf8v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὅτι οὐ δύνασθε ἀκούειν τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐμόν	1	Here “words” is a metonym for the “teachings” of Jesus. Alternate translation: “It is because you will not accept my teachings. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
618	8:44	vgy1			ὑμεῖς ἐκ τοῦ πατρὸς τοῦ διαβόλου ἐστὲ	1	“You belong to your father, Satan”
619	8:44	k1qu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ πατὴρ αὐτοῦ	1	Here “father” is a metaphor for the one who originates all lies. Alternate translation: “he is the one who created all lies in the beginning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
620	8:45	g1q9				0	Jesus continues speaking to the Jews.
621	8:45	e55r			ἐγὼ & ὅτι τὴν ἀλήθειαν λέγω	1	“because I tell you true things about God”
622	8:46	y3gz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίς ἐξ ὑμῶν ἐλέγχει με περὶ ἁμαρτίας	1	Jesus uses this question to emphasize that he has never sinned. Alternate translation: “None of you can show that I have ever sinned!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
623	8:46	kh6a			εἰ ἀλήθειαν λέγω	1	“If I say things that are true”
624	8:46	ibp1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	διὰ τί ὑμεῖς οὐ πιστεύετέ μοι	1	Jesus uses this question to scold the Jewish leaders for their unbelief. Alternate translation: “you have no reason for not believing in me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
625	8:47	l7gy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὰ ῥήματα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	Here “words” is a metonym for the “message” of God. Alternate translation: “the message of God” or “the truth that comes from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
626	8:48	vu1h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The “Jews” is a synecdoche that represents the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
627	8:48	cic5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐ καλῶς λέγομεν ἡμεῖς ὅτι Σαμαρείτης εἶ σὺ, καὶ δαιμόνιον ἔχεις	1	The Jewish leaders use this question to accuse Jesus and to dishonor him. Alternate translation: “We are certainly right in saying that you are a Samaritan and that a demon lives in you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
628	8:50	m4rl				0	Jesus continues answering the Jews.
629	8:50	fg43			ἔστιν ὁ ζητῶν καὶ κρίνων	1	This refers to God.
630	8:51	fb52			ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	See how you translated this in John 1:51.
631	8:51	m46r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν ἐμὸν λόγον τηρήσῃ	1	Here “word” is a metonym for the “teachings” of Jesus. Alternate translation: “obeys my teachings” or “does what I say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
632	8:51	gx7l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	θάνατον & θεωρήσῃ	1	This is an idiom that means to experience death. Here Jesus is referring to spiritual death. Alternate translation: “die spiritually” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
633	8:52	e9xz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Here “Jews” is a metonym for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
634	8:52	zah1			ἐάν τις τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσῃ	1	“If anyone obeys my teaching”
635	8:52	a1ls		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	γεύσηται θανάτου	1	This is an idiom that means to experience death. The Jewish leaders mistakenly assume that Jesus is speaking only about physical death. Alternate translation: “die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
636	8:53	shp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μὴ σὺ μείζων εἶ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν Ἀβραάμ, ὅστις ἀπέθανεν	1	The Jewish leaders use this question to emphasize that Jesus is not greater than Abraham. Alternate translation: “You are certainly not greater than our father Abraham who indeed died!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
637	8:53	p38s			τοῦ πατρὸς	1	forefather
638	8:53	cei7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τίνα σεαυτὸν ποιεῖς	1	The Jews use this question to rebuke Jesus for thinking that he is more important than Abraham. Alternate translation: “You should not think that you are so important!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
639	8:54	ab13		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἔστιν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ δοξάζων με, ὃν ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐστιν	1	The word “Father” is an important title for God. No one knows God the Father like Jesus, the Son of God. Alternate translation: “it is my Father who honors me, and you say that he is your God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
640	8:55	c3bm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ τηρῶ	1	Here “word” is a metonym for what God says. Alternate translation: “I obey what he says to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
641	8:56	tyu5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐμήν	1	This is a metonym for what Jesus would accomplish during his life. Alternate translation: “what I would do during my life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
642	8:56	hv5g			εἶδεν καὶ ἐχάρη	1	“he foresaw my coming through God’s revelation and he rejoiced”
643	8:57	erp5				0	This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus speaking with the Jews in the temple, which began in John 8:12.
644	8:57	yzf9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	εἶπον & οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι πρὸς αὐτόν	1	Here the “Jews” is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
645	8:57	r1ek		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις, καὶ Ἀβραὰμ ἑώρακας	1	The Jewish leaders use this question to express their shock that Jesus claims to have seen Abraham. Alternate translation: “You are less than fifty years old. You could not have seen Abraham!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
646	8:58	rnw4			ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	See how you translated this in John 1:51.
647	8:58	k4tp			ἐγὼ εἰμί	1	Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus is saying, “before Abraham existed, I existed.”
648	8:59	bxs5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἦραν οὖν λίθους, ἵνα βάλωσιν ἐπ’ αὐτόν	1	The Jewish leaders are outraged at what Jesus has said. Here it is implied that they wanted to kill him because he had made himself equal to God. Alternate translation: “Then they picked up stones to kill him because he claimed to be equal with God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
649	9:intro	hq31				0	John 09 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter “Who sinned?” Many of the Jews of Jesus’ time believed that if a person was blind or deaf or crippled, it was because he or his parents or someone in his family had sinned. This was not the teaching of the law of Moses. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) “He does not keep the Sabbath” The Pharisees thought that Jesus was working, and so breaking the Sabbath, by making mud. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]]) Important metaphors in this chapter Light and darkness The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) Seeing and being blind Jesus calls the Pharisees blind because they see that Jesus is able to heal blind people but they still do not believe that God sent him (John 9:39-40). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “Son of Man” Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter (John 9:35). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
650	9:1	fa5a				0	As Jesus and his disciples are walking along, they come across a blind man.
651	9:1	un4h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	καὶ	1	This word shows that the author is about to describe a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
652	9:1	z5sx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	παράγων	1	Here “Jesus” is a synecdoche for Jesus and the disciples. Alternate translation: “as Jesus and his disciples passed by” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
653	9:2	w44c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τίς ἥμαρτεν, οὗτος ἢ οἱ γονεῖς αὐτοῦ, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ	1	This question reflects the ancient Jewish belief that sin caused all illnesses and other deformities. The rabbis also taught that it was possible for a baby to sin while still in the womb. Alternate translation: “Teacher, we know that sin causes a person to be blind. Whose sin caused this man to be born blind? did this man himself sin, or was it his parents who sinned?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
654	9:4	h231		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμᾶς	1	This “We” includes both Jesus and the disciples he is talking to. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
655	9:4	g92d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἡμέρα & νὺξ	1	Here “day” and “night” are metaphors. Jesus is comparing the time when people can do God’s work to daytime, the time when people normally work, and nighttime to when they cannot do God’s work. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
656	9:5	f2xu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1	Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “living among the people of this world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
657	9:5	dd8k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	φῶς & τοῦ κόσμου	1	Here “light” is a metaphor for the true revelation of God. Alternate translation: “the one who shows what is true just as light allows people to see what is in the darkness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
658	9:6	y3s4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐποίησεν πηλὸν ἐκ τοῦ πτύσματος	1	Jesus used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva. Alternate translation: “and used his fingers to mix the dirt and saliva to make mud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
659	9:7	ily8			νίψαι & ἐνίψατο	1	You may need to make explicit that Jesus wanted him to wash the mud off of his eyes in the pool and that that is what the man did. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
660	9:7	ri9h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ὃ ἑρμηνεύεται, ἀπεσταλμένος	1	A brief break occurs here in the story line so John can explain to his readers what “Siloam” means. Alternate translation: “which means ‘Sent’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
661	9:8	r79x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ καθήμενος καὶ προσαιτῶν	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to express the surprise of the people. Alternate translation: “This man is the one who used to sit and beg!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
662	9:10	p7vj				0	The neighbors of the man who had been blind continue to speak to him.
663	9:10	m97n			πῶς ἠνεῴχθησάν σου οἱ ὀφθαλμοί	1	“Then what caused you to be able to see?” or “How is it that you can see now?”
664	9:11	a42y			ἐπέχρισέν μου τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1	“used his fingers to cover my eyes with mud.” See how you translated a similar phrase in John 9:6.
665	9:13	dl48		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	Verse 14 tells background information about when Jesus healed the man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
666	9:13	cu14			ἄγουσιν αὐτὸν πρὸς τοὺς Φαρισαίους, τόν ποτε τυφλόν	1	The people insisted that the man go with them to the Pharisees. They did not physically force him to go.
667	9:14	qxy9			Σάββατον ἐν ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ	1	“Jewish Day of Rest”
668	9:15	d6xd			πάλιν οὖν ἠρώτων αὐτὸν & οἱ Φαρισαῖοι	1	“So the Pharisees also asked him”
669	9:16	y3wn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	In verse 18 there is a break from the main story line as John provides background information about the Jews’ disbelief. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
670	9:16	hdh9			τὸ Σάββατον οὐ τηρεῖ	1	This means Jesus does not obey the law about doing no work on the Jewish Day of Rest.
671	9:16	k4sy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς δύναται ἄνθρωπος ἁμαρτωλὸς τοιαῦτα σημεῖα ποιεῖν	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that Jesus’ signs prove he is not a sinner. Alternate translation: “A sinner can not do such signs!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
672	9:16	qn73			σημεῖα	1	This is another word for miracles. “Signs” give evidence that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
673	9:17	lcb3			προφήτης ἐστίν	1	“I think he is a prophet”
674	9:18	awp6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	οὐκ ἐπίστευσαν οὖν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: Now the Jewish leaders still did not believe. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
675	9:19	npf9			ἠρώτησαν αὐτοὺς	1	“They” refers to the Jewish leaders.
676	9:21	vh7q			ἡλικίαν ἔχει, αὐτὸς	1	“he is a man” or “he is no longer a child”
677	9:22	yq73		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	In verse 22 there is a break from the main story line as John provides background information about the man’s parents being afraid of the Jews. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
678	9:22	k2iw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐφοβοῦντο τοὺς Ἰουδαίους	1	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the “Jewish leaders” who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “they were afraid of what the Jewish leaders might do to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
679	9:22	j15m			ἐφοβοῦντο	1	This refers to the unpleasant feeling a person has when there is a threat of harm to oneself or others.
680	9:22	dgp7			αὐτὸν ὁμολογήσῃ Χριστόν & γένηται	1	“would say that Jesus is the Christ”
681	9:22	yjv9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀποσυνάγωγος	1	Here “be thrown out of the synagogue” is a metaphor for no longer being allowed to go into the synagogue and no longer belonging to the group of people who attend services at the synagogue. Alternate translation: “he would not be allowed to go into the synagogue” or “he would no longer belong to the synagogue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
682	9:23	f9zl			ἡλικίαν ἔχει	1	“he is a man” or “he is no longer a child.” See how you translated this in John 9:21.
683	9:24	h1tl			ἐφώνησαν & τὸν ἄνθρωπον	1	Here, “they” refers to the Jews. (John 9:18)
684	9:24	bkx6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	δὸς δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ	1	This is an idiom that people used when taking an oath. Alternate translation: “In the presence of God, tell the truth” or “Speak the truth before God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
685	9:24	ww3t			οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος	1	This refers to Jesus.
686	9:25	sr93			ἐκεῖνος	1	This refers to the man who had been blind.
687	9:26	z2l2				0	The Jews continue to speak to the man who had been blind.
688	9:27	cf2d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί πάλιν θέλετε ἀκούειν	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to express the man’s amazement that the Jewish leaders have asked him to tell them again what happened. Alternate translation: “I am surprised that you want to hear again what happened to me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
689	9:27	kpt6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ ὑμεῖς θέλετε αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ γενέσθαι	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to add irony to the man’s statement. He knows that the Jewish leaders do not want to follow Jesus. Here he ridicules them. Alternate translation: “It sounds like you also want to become his disciples!” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
690	9:28	h7hy			σὺ μαθητὴς εἶ ἐκείνου	1	“You are following Jesus!”
691	9:28	z2tn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive	ἡμεῖς δὲ τοῦ Μωϋσέως ἐσμὲν μαθηταί	1	The pronoun “we” is exclusive. The Jewish leaders are speaking only of themselves. Alternate translation: “but we are following Moses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
692	9:29	ye4k			ἡμεῖς οἴδαμεν ὅτι Μωϋσεῖ λελάληκεν ὁ Θεός	1	“We are sure that God has spoken to Moses”
693	9:29	vv43		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοῦτον & οὐκ οἴδαμεν πόθεν ἐστίν	1	Here the Jewish leaders are referring to Jesus. They imply that he has no authority to call disciples. Alternate translation: “we do not know where he comes from or where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
694	9:30	i3gm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅτι ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε πόθεν ἐστίν	1	The man is surprised that the Jewish leaders question Jesus’ authority when they know he has the power to heal. Alternate translation: “that you do not know where he gets his authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
695	9:31	e7ec			ἁμαρτωλῶν & οὐκ ἀκούει & τούτου ἀκούει	1	“does not answer the prayers of sinners … God answers his prayers”
696	9:32	e89t				0	The man who had been blind continues speaking to the Jews.
697	9:32	b2xt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἠκούσθη, ὅτι ἠνέῳξέν τις	1	This is a passive statement. You can translate it in an active form. Alternate translation: “no one has ever heard of anyone who healed a man who was blind from birth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
698	9:33	tt5e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος παρὰ Θεοῦ, οὐκ ἠδύνατο ποιεῖν οὐδέν	1	This sentence uses a double negative pattern. “Only a man from God could do something like that!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
699	9:34	da3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἐν ἁμαρτίαις σὺ ἐγεννήθης ὅλος, καὶ σὺ διδάσκεις ἡμᾶς	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. It also implies that the man was born blind because of the sins of his parents. Alternate translation: “You were born as a result of your parents’ sins. You are not qualified to teach us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
700	9:34	kl2x			ἐξέβαλον αὐτὸν ἔξω	1	“they threw him out of the synagogue”
701	9:35	z6r9				0	Jesus finds the man whom he healed (John 9:1-7) and begins to speak to him and the crowd.
702	9:35	rpb5			πιστεύεις εἰς	1	This means to “believe in Jesus,” to believe that he is the Son of God, to trust him as Savior, and live in a way that honors him.
703	9:35	tw58			τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Here the reader needs to understand that Jesus was speaking as if “the Son of Man” were another person. The man who had been born blind did not realize that Jesus was speaking of himself when he spoke of “the Son of Man.” You should translate so that the man does not learn that Jesus is the Son of Man until verse 37.
704	9:39	azp3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν κόσμον τοῦτον ἦλθον	1	The “world” is a metonym for “the people who live in the world.” Alternate translation: “came to live among the people of this world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
705	9:39	te5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἵνα οἱ μὴ βλέποντες, βλέπωσιν; καὶ οἱ βλέποντες, τυφλοὶ γένωνται	1	Here “seeing” and “blindness” are metaphors. Jesus distinguishes between people who are spiritually blind and physically blind. Alternate translation: “so that those who are blind spiritually, but who want to see God, can see him, and those who already falsely think they can see God will remain in their blindness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
706	9:40	d8mm			μὴ καὶ ἡμεῖς τυφλοί ἐσμεν	1	“Do you think we are spiritually blind?”
707	9:41	rh3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἰ τυφλοὶ ἦτε, οὐκ ἂν εἴχετε ἁμαρτίαν	1	Here “blindness” is a metaphor for not knowing God’s truth. Alternate translation: “If you wanted to know God’s truth, you would be able to receive your sight. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
708	9:41	jmq7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	νῦν δὲ λέγετε, ὅτι βλέπομεν, ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑμῶν μένει	1	Here “seeing” is a metaphor for knowing God’s truth. Alternate translation: “Since you falsely think that you already know God’s truth, you will remain blind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
709	10:intro	e8mb				0	John 10 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Blasphemy When a person claims that he is God or that God has told him to speak when God has not told him to speak, this is called blasphemy. The law of Moses commanded the Israelites to kill blasphemers by stoning them to death. When Jesus said, “I and the Father are one,” the Jews thought he was blaspheming, so they took up stones to kill him. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]]) Important metaphors in this chapter Sheep Jesus spoke of people as sheep because sheep do not see well, they do not think well, they often walk away from those who care for them, and they cannot defend themselves when other animals attack them. God’s people also rebel against him and do not know when they are doing wrong. Sheep pen A sheep pen was a space with a stone wall around it in which shepherds would keep their sheep. Once they were inside the sheep pen, the sheep could not run away, and animals and thieves could not easily get inside to kill or steal them. Laying down and taking up life Jesus speaks of his life as if it were a physical object that he could lay down on the ground, a metaphor for dying, or pick up again, a metaphor for becoming alive again.
710	10:1	gzd8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables		0	Jesus begins to speak in parables. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]])
711	10:1	ab9x				0	Jesus continues to speak to the Pharisees. This is the same part of the story which began in John 9:35.
712	10:1	i3tj			ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	See how you translated this in John 1:51.
713	10:1	xq1f			αὐλὴν τῶν προβάτων	1	This is a fenced area where a shepherd keeps his sheep.
714	10:1	zz7x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	κλέπτης & καὶ λῃστής	1	This is the use of two words with similar meanings to add emphasis. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
715	10:3	uy2v			τούτῳ ὁ θυρωρὸς ἀνοίγει	1	“The gatekeeper opens the gate for the shepherd”
716	10:3	iac4			ὁ θυρωρὸς	1	This is a hired man who watches the gate of the sheep pen at night while the shepherd is away.
717	10:3	db3c			τὰ πρόβατα τῆς φωνῆς αὐτοῦ ἀκούει	1	“The sheep hear the shepherd’s voice”
718	10:4	n1ta			ἔμπροσθεν αὐτῶν πορεύεται	1	“he walks in front of them”
719	10:4	z8dm			ὅτι οἴδασιν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ	1	“because they recognize his voice”
720	10:6	x5yl			ἐκεῖνοι & οὐκ ἔγνωσαν	1	Possible meanings: (1) “the disciples did not understand” or (2) “the crowd did not understand.”
721	10:6	u3nw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ταύτην τὴν παροιμίαν	1	This is an illustration from the work of shepherds, using metaphors. The “shepherd” is a metaphor for Jesus. The “sheep” represent those who follow Jesus, and the “strangers” are the Jewish leaders, including the Pharisees, who try to deceive the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
722	10:7	q3na				0	Jesus begins to explain the meaning of the parables he had spoken.
723	10:7	q4hs			ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	See how you translated this in John 1:51.
724	10:7	nj4k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα τῶν προβάτων	1	Here “gate” is a metaphor that means Jesus provides access into the sheepfold where God’s people dwell in his presence. Alternate translation: “I am like the gate that the sheep use to enter into the sheepfold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
725	10:8	k4z6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντες ὅσοι ἦλθον πρὸ ἐμοῦ	1	This refers to other teachers who have taught the people, including the Pharisees and other Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “All of the teachers who came without my authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
726	10:8	hqq3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	κλέπται & καὶ λῃσταί	1	These words are metaphors. Jesus calls those teachers “a thief and a robber” because their teachings were false, and they were trying to lead God’s people while not understanding the truth. As a result, they deceived the people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
727	10:9	yp3g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ θύρα	1	Here “gate” is a metaphor. By referring to himself as “the gate,” Jesus is showing that he offers a true way to enter the kingdom of God. Alternate translation: “I myself am like that gate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
728	10:9	in9p			νομὴν	1	The word “pasture” means a grassy area where sheep eat.
729	10:10	h2gf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ ἔρχεται εἰ μὴ ἵνα κλέψῃ	1	This is a double negative. In some languages it is more natural to use a positive statement. Alternate translation: “comes only to steal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
730	10:10	h56c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κλέψῃ, καὶ θύσῃ, καὶ ἀπολέσῃ	1	Here the implied metaphor is “sheep,” which represents God’s people. Alternate translation: “steal and kill and destroy the sheep” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
731	10:10	j2k6			ἵνα ζωὴν ἔχωσιν	1	The word “they” refers to the sheep. “Life” refers to eternal life. Alternate translation: “so that they will really live, lacking nothing”
732	10:11	x196				0	Jesus continues his parable about the good shepherd.
733	10:11	xs4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός	1	Here “good shepherd” is a metaphor that represents Jesus. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
734	10:11	llr4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν	1	To lay down something means to give up control of it. It is a mild way to refer to dying. Alternate translation: “dies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
735	10:12	ym8w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ μισθωτὸς	1	The “hired servant” is a metaphor that represents the Jewish leaders and teachers. Alternate translation: “The one who is like a hired servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
736	10:12	ue4m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἀφίησιν τὰ πρόβατα	1	Here the word “sheep” is a metaphor that represents God’s people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God’s people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
737	10:13	szr8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐ μέλει & περὶ τῶν προβάτων	1	Here the word “sheep” is a metaphor that represents God’s people. Like a hired servant who abandons the sheep, Jesus says that the Jewish leaders and teachers do not care for God’s people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
738	10:14	fg93		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ ποιμὴν ὁ καλός	1	Here the “good shepherd” is a metaphor for Jesus. Alternate translation: “I am like a good shepherd” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
739	10:15	qr9g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	γινώσκει με ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ γινώσκω τὸν Πατέρα	1	God the Father and God the Son know each other unlike anyone else knows them. “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
740	10:15	pn9w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	τὴν ψυχήν μου τίθημι ὑπὲρ τῶν προβάτων	1	This is a mild way for Jesus to say that he will die to protect his sheep. Alternate translation: “I die for the sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
741	10:16	y3g7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἄλλα πρόβατα ἔχω	1	Here “other sheep” is a metaphor for followers of Jesus who are not Jews. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
742	10:16	w86n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	μία ποίμνη, εἷς ποιμήν	1	Here “flock” and “shepherd” are metaphors. All of Jesus’s followers, Jews and non-Jews, will be like one flock of sheep. He will be like a shepherd who cares for all of them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
743	10:17	kd16				0	Jesus finishes speaking to the crowd.
744	10:17	i59j			διὰ τοῦτό, με ὁ Πατὴρ ἀγαπᾷ, ὅτι ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου	1	God’s eternal plan was for God the Son to give his life to pay for the sins of humanity. Jesus’ death on the cross reveals the intense love of the Son for the Father and of the Father for the Son.
745	10:17	kpr5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
746	10:17	px17			ἀγαπᾷ	1	This kind of love comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
747	10:17	wc4l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ἐγὼ τίθημι τὴν ψυχήν μου, ἵνα πάλιν λάβω αὐτήν	1	This is a mild way for Jesus to say he will die and then will become alive again. Alternate translation: “I allow myself to die in order that I may bring myself back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
748	10:18	j945		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	ἐγὼ τίθημι αὐτὴν ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ	1	The reflexive pronoun “myself” is used here to emphasize that Jesus lays down his own life. No one takes it from him. Alternate translation: “I myself lay it down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
749	10:18	s13n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ταύτην τὴν ἐντολὴν ἔλαβον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	“This is what my Father has commanded me to do.” The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
750	10:19	wft1				0	These verses tell how the Jews responded to what Jesus had said.
751	10:20	gm3r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί αὐτοῦ ἀκούετε	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize the point that the people should not listen to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Do not listen to him!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
752	10:21	mj2b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	δαιμόνιον δύναται τυφλῶν ὀφθαλμοὺς ἀνοῖξαι	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “Certainly a demon cannot cause a blind man to see!” or “Certainly a demon cannot give sight to blind people!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
753	10:22	f9cm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	During the Festival of Dedication, some Jews begin to question Jesus. Verses 22 and 23 give background information about the setting of the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
754	10:22	w25f			ἐνκαίνια	1	This is an eight-day, winter holiday Jews use to remember a miracle where God made a small amount of oil remain lit in a lampstand for eight days. They lit the lampstand to dedicate the Jewish temple to God. To dedicate something is to promise to use it for a special purpose.
755	10:23	v6wn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	περιεπάτει ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ	1	The area where Jesus was walking was actually a courtyard that was outside the temple building. Alternate translation: “Jesus was walking in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
756	10:23	cs2b			στοᾷ	1	This is a structure attached to the entrance of a building; it has a roof and it may or may not have walls.
757	10:24	m8ja		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐκύκλωσαν οὖν αὐτὸν οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish leaders surrounded him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
758	10:24	nk9t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν αἴρεις	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “keep us wondering” or “keep us from knowing for sure?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
759	10:25	cb95				0	Jesus begins to respond to the Jews.
760	10:25	e7zh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Here “name” is a metonym for the power of God. Here “Father” is an important title for God. Jesus performed miracles through his Father’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “through my Father’s power” or “with my Father’s power” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
761	10:25	n34x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification	ταῦτα μαρτυρεῖ περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	His miracles offer proof about him like a person who testifies would offer proof in a court of law. Alternate translation: “offer proof concerning me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
762	10:26	als6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὐκ & ἐκ τῶν προβάτων τῶν ἐμῶν	1	The word “sheep” is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. Alternate translation: “not my followers” or “not my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
763	10:27	rdw7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἐμὰ τῆς φωνῆς μου ἀκούουσιν	1	The word “sheep” is a metaphor for the followers of Jesus. The metaphor of Jesus as the “shepherd” is also implied. Alternate translation: “Just as sheep obey the voice of their true shepherd, my followers heed my voice” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
764	10:28	bpx3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐχ ἁρπάσει & αὐτὰ ἐκ τῆς χειρός μου	1	Here the word “hand” is a metonym that represents the protective care of Jesus. Alternate translation: “no one will steal them away from me” or “they will remain secure forever in my care” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
765	10:29	g82a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὃς δέδωκέν μοι	1	The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
766	10:29	k1ya		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῆς χειρὸς τοῦ Πατρός	1	The word “hand” is a metonym that refers to God’s possession and protective care. Alternate translation: “No one can steal them from my Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
767	10:30	rs4j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἐγὼ καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἕν ἐσμεν	1	Jesus, God the Son, and God the Father are one. The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
768	10:31	fl8i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐβάστασαν πάλιν λίθους οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The word “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then the Jewish leaders started picking up stones again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
769	10:32	t5q8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἀπεκρίθη αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, πολλὰ ἔργα καλὰ ἔδειξα ὑμῖν ἐκ τοῦ Πατρός	1	Jesus performed the miracles by the power of God. The word “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
770	10:32	tx8h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	διὰ ποῖον αὐτῶν ἔργον, ἐμὲ λιθάζετε	1	This question uses irony. Jesus knows the Jewish leaders do not want to stone him because he has done good works. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
771	10:33	bq1l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	The word “Jews” is a synecdoche that represents the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish opponents replied” or “The Jewish leaders answered him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
772	10:33	h4kp			ποιεῖς σεαυτὸν Θεόν	1	“claiming to be God”
773	10:34	qi82		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένον ἐν τῷ νόμῳ ὑμῶν, ὅτι ἐγὼ εἶπα, θεοί ἐστε?	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You should already know that it is written in your law that I said, ‘you are gods.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
774	10:34	b3gp			θεοί ἐστε	1	Here Jesus quotes a scripture where God calls his followers “gods,” perhaps because he has chosen them to represent him on earth.
775	10:35	m8ji		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐγένετο	1	Jesus speaks of God’s message as though it were a person who moved toward those who heard it. Alternate translation: “God spoke his message” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
776	10:35	u9j2			οὐ δύναται λυθῆναι ἡ Γραφή	1	Possible meanings are (1) “no one can change the scripture” or (2) “the scripture will always be true.”
777	10:36	dvp5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ὃν ὁ Πατὴρ ἡγίασεν καὶ ἀπέστειλεν εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ὑμεῖς λέγετε, ὅτι βλασφημεῖς, ὅτι εἶπον, Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰμι	1	Jesus used this question to rebuke his opponents for saying that he was blaspheming when he called himself “the Son of God.” Alternate translation: “you should not say to the very one whom the Father set apart to send into the world, ‘You are blaspheming,’ when I say that I am the Son of God!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
778	10:36	fj9f			βλασφημεῖς	1	“You are insulting God.” Jesus’ opponents understood that when said that he is the Son of God, he was implying that he is equal with God.
779	10:36	rax1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ & Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
780	10:37	wyd2				0	Jesus finishes responding to the Jews.
781	10:37	us7v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
782	10:37	vk1v			πιστεύετέ μοι	1	Here the word “believe” means to accept or trust what Jesus said is true.
783	10:38	k2zf			τοῖς ἔργοις πιστεύετε	1	Here “believe in” is to acknowledge that the works Jesus does are from the Father.
784	10:38	t8uf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐν ἐμοὶ ὁ Πατὴρ, κἀγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί	1	These are idioms that express the close personal relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “My Father and I are completely joined together as one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
785	10:39	eqh1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τῆς χειρὸς αὐτῶν	1	The word “hand” is a metonym that represents the custody or possession of the Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “got away from them again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
786	10:40	b41s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου	1	Jesus had been on the west side of the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “to the east side of the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
787	10:40	f5dx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔμεινεν ἐκεῖ	1	Jesus remained on the east side of Jordan for a short period of time. Alternate translation: “Jesus stayed there for several days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
788	10:41	m1pl			Ἰωάννης μὲν σημεῖον ἐποίησεν οὐδέν; πάντα δὲ ὅσα εἶπεν Ἰωάννης περὶ τούτου ἀληθῆ ἦν	1	“It is true that John did no signs, but he certainly did speak the truth about this man, who does signs.”
789	10:41	lw9n			σημεῖον	1	These are miracles that prove that something is true or that give someone credibility.
790	10:42	ieh5			ἐπίστευσαν εἰς	1	Here “believed in” means accepted or trusted what Jesus said was true.
791	11:intro	tks5				0	John 11 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter Light and darkness The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) Passover After Jesus made Lazarus become alive again, the Jewish leaders were trying hard to kill him, so he started traveling from place to place in secret. Now the Pharisees knew that he would probably come to Jerusalem for the Passover because God had commanded all Jewish men to celebrate the Passover in Jerusalem, so they planned to catch him and kill him then. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter “One man dies for the people” The law of Moses commanded the priests to kill animals so that God would forgive the people’s sins. The high priest Caiaphas said, “It is better for you that one man dies for the people than that the whole nation perishes” (John 10:50). He said this because he loved his “place” and “nation” (John 10:48) more than he loved the God who had made Lazarus become alive again. He wanted Jesus to die so that the Romans would not destroy the temple and Jerusalem, but God wanted Jesus to die so that he could forgive all of his people’s sins. Hypothetical situation When Martha said, “If you had been here, my brother would not have died,” she was speaking of a situation that could have happened but did not happen. Jesus had not come, and her brother had died.
792	11:1	fsf7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants		0	These verses introduce the story of Lazarus and give background information about him and his sister Mary. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
793	11:2	c6r9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἦν δὲ Μαρία ἡ ἀλείψασα τὸν Κύριον μύρῳ, καὶ ἐκμάξασα τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ ταῖς θριξὶν αὐτῆς	1	As John introduces Mary, the sister of Martha, he also shares information concerning what would later happen in the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
794	11:3	i2ar			ἀπέστειλαν & πρὸς αὐτὸν	1	“asked Jesus to come”
795	11:3	czm1			φιλεῖς	1	Here “love” refers to brotherly love, a natural, human love between friends or relatives.
796	11:4	nk3g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὕτη ἡ ἀσθένεια οὐκ ἔστιν πρὸς θάνατον	1	Jesus implies that he knows what will happen related to Lazarus and his sickness. Alternate translation: “Death will not be the final result of this sickness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
797	11:4	k8d3			θάνατον	1	This refers to physical death.
798	11:4	q343		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀλλ’ ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ δι’ αὐτῆς	1	Jesus implies that he knows what the outcome will be. Alternate translation: “but the purpose is that the people might see how great God is because of what his power will allow me to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
799	11:4	ad99		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
800	11:5	j6r4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἠγάπα δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὴν Μάρθαν, καὶ τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς, καὶ τὸν Λάζαρον	1	This is background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
801	11:8	y4jm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Ῥαββεί, νῦν ἐζήτουν σε λιθάσαι οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι, καὶ πάλιν ὑπάγεις ἐκεῖ	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize that the disciples do not want Jesus to go to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Teacher, you surely do not want to go back there! The Jews were trying to stone you the last time you were there!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
802	11:8	p4x9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	This is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
803	11:9	uv34		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὧραί εἰσιν τῆς ἡμέρας	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You know that the day has twelve hours of light!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
804	11:9	ln4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐάν τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, οὐ προσκόπτει, ὅτι τὸ φῶς τοῦ κόσμου τούτου βλέπει	1	People who walk in the light of the day can see well and do not stumble. “Light” is a metaphor for “truth.” Jesus is implying that people who live according to truth will be able to successfully do the things that God wants them to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
805	11:10	hel4				0	Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
806	11:10	vm6h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐὰν & τις περιπατῇ ἐν τῇ νυκτί	1	Here “night” is a metaphor that refers to one’s walking without God’s light. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
807	11:10	c3im			τὸ φῶς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῷ	1	Possible meanings are (1) “he cannot see” or (2) “he does not have God’s light.”
808	11:11	bev5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Λάζαρος ὁ φίλος ἡμῶν κεκοίμηται	1	Here “fallen asleep” is an idiom that means Lazarus has died. If you have a way of saying this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
809	11:11	ze1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἀλλὰ πορεύομαι ἵνα ἐξυπνίσω αὐτόν	1	The words “wake him out of sleep” form an idiom. Jesus is revealing his plan to bring Lazurus back to life. If you have an idiom for this in your language, you may use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
810	11:12	e5k2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	In verse 13 there is a break in the story line as John comments on the disciples’ misunderstanding about what Jesus meant when he said Lazarus was asleep. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
811	11:12	hn2j			εἰ κεκοίμηται	1	The disciples misunderstand Jesus to mean that Lazarus is resting and will recover.
812	11:14	azy3			τότε & εἶπεν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς παρρησίᾳ	1	“So Jesus told them in words that they could understand”
813	11:15	c2wh				0	Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
814	11:15	c4wj			δι’ ὑμᾶς	1	“for your benefit”
815	11:15	ar2j			ἵνα πιστεύσητε, ὅτι οὐκ ἤμην ἐκεῖ	1	“that I was not there. Because of this you will learn to trust me more.”
816	11:16	dzc3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom they called Didymus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
817	11:16	ymy6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Δίδυμος	1	This is a male name that means “twin.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
818	11:17	p5ya		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	Jesus is now in Bethany. These verses give background information about the setting and about what has happened before Jesus arrived. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
819	11:17	we1k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εὗρεν αὐτὸν, τέσσαρας ἤδη ἡμέρας ἔχοντα ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he learned that people had put Lazarus in a tomb four days before” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
820	11:18	d35v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	ἀπὸ σταδίων δεκαπέντε	1	“about three kilometers away.” A “stadium” is 185 meters. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
821	11:19	m26v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	περὶ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ	1	Lazarus was their younger brother. Alternate translation: “about their younger brother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
822	11:21	ef5h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἂν ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός μου	1	Lazarus was the younger brother. Alternate translation: “my younger brother would still be alive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
823	11:23	j8p2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀναστήσεται ὁ ἀδελφός σου	1	Lazarus was the younger brother. Alternate translation: “Your younger brother will become alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
824	11:24	z7el			ἀναστήσεται	1	“he will become alive again”
825	11:25	chs2			κἂν ἀποθάνῃ	1	Here “dies” refers to physical death.
826	11:25	ef7a			ζήσεται	1	Here “live” refers to spiritual life.
827	11:26	a6gs			πᾶς ὁ ζῶν καὶ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ, οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	“those who live and trust in me will never be separated eternally from God” or “those who live and trust in me will be spiritually alive with God forever”
828	11:26	fue3			οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα	1	Here “die” refers to spiritual death.
829	11:27	mk4e			λέγει αὐτῷ	1	“Martha said to Jesus”
830	11:27	zd3n			ναί, Κύριε; ἐγὼ πεπίστευκα ὅτι σὺ εἶ ὁ Χριστὸς, ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ, ὁ εἰς τὸν κόσμον ἐρχόμενος	1	Martha believes that Jesus is Lord, the Christ (the Messiah), the Son of God.
831	11:27	y83q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
832	11:28	yd61		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπῆλθεν, καὶ ἐφώνησεν Μαριὰμ, τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῆς	1	Mary is the younger sister of Martha. Alternate translation: “she went away and called her younger sister Mary” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
833	11:28	zs2t			διδάσκαλος	1	This is a title referring to Jesus.
834	11:28	fv8f			φωνεῖ σε	1	“is asking that you come”
835	11:30	k5hy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	οὔπω δὲ ἐληλύθει ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἰς τὴν κώμην	1	Here John provides a brief break in the story to give background information regarding the location of Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
836	11:32	zmp7			ἔπεσεν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τοὺς πόδας	1	Mary lay down or knelt at the feet of Jesus to show respect.
837	11:32	j2wr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐκ ἄν μου ἀπέθανεν ὁ ἀδελφός	1	Lazarus was Mary’s younger brother. See how you translated this in John 11:21. Alternate translation: “my younger brother would still be alive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
838	11:33	qef6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet	ἐνεβριμήσατο τῷ πνεύματι καὶ ἐτάραξεν ἑαυτόν	1	John combines these phrases that have similar meanings to express the intense emotional distress and possible anger that Jesus experienced. Alternate translation: “he was greatly upset” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
839	11:34	xl9p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism	ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν	1	This is a milder way of asking, “Where have you buried him?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
840	11:35	bj6b			ἐδάκρυσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	“Jesus began to cry” or “Jesus started crying”
841	11:36	b6ee			ἐφίλει	1	This refers to brotherly love or human love for a friend or family member.
842	11:37	b3at		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐδύνατο οὗτος, ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ τυφλοῦ, ποιῆσαι ἵνα καὶ οὗτος μὴ ἀποθάνῃ	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to express the Jews’ surprise that Jesus did not heal Lazarus. Alternate translation: “He could heal a man who was blind, so he should have been able to heal this man so he would not have died!” or “Since he did not keep this man from dying, maybe he did not really heal the man who was born blind, as they say he did!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
843	11:37	a76u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὁ ἀνοίξας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “healed the eyes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
844	11:38	xu7k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἦν δὲ σπήλαιον, καὶ λίθος ἐπέκειτο ἐπ’ αὐτῷ	1	John pauses the story briefly to describe the tomb where the people had buried Lazarus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
845	11:39	l2pd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡ ἀδελφὴ τοῦ τετελευτηκότος Μάρθα	1	Martha and Mary were older sisters of Lazarus. Alternate translation: “Martha, the older sister of Lazarus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
846	11:39	lt1d			ἤδη ὄζει	1	“by this time there will be a bad smell” or “the body is already stinking”
847	11:40	q5mw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ εἶπόν σοι, ὅτι ἐὰν πιστεύσῃς, ὄψῃ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to the point that God is about to do something wonderful. Alternate translation: “I told you that if you trusted me, you would see what God can do!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
848	11:41	lj5j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	Ἰησοῦς ἦρεν τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω	1	This is an idiom that means to look up. Alternate translation: “Jesus looked up toward heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
849	11:41	s2dh			Πάτερ, εὐχαριστῶ σοι ὅτι ἤκουσάς μου	1	Jesus prays directly to the Father so that others around him will hear his prayer. Alternate translation: “Father, I thank you that you have heard me” or “Father, I thank you that you have heard my prayer”
850	11:41	j54b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
851	11:42	bj2b			ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν ὅτι σύ με ἀπέστειλας	1	“I want them to believe that you have sent me”
852	11:43	ev4z			ταῦτα εἰπὼν	1	“After Jesus had prayed”
853	11:43	cz9f			φωνῇ μεγάλῃ ἐκραύγασεν	1	“he shouted”
854	11:44	x4cb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	δεδεμένος τοὺς πόδας καὶ τὰς χεῖρας κειρίαις, καὶ ἡ ὄψις αὐτοῦ σουδαρίῳ περιεδέδετο	1	A burial custom of this time was to wrap the dead body with long strips of linen cloth. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone had wrapped strips of cloth around his hands and feet. They had also tied a cloth around his face” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
855	11:44	d8xf			λέγει αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	The word “them” refers to the people who were there and saw the miracle.
856	11:45	rlf4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	These verses tell us what happened after Jesus raised Lazarus from the dead. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
857	11:47	ib61				0	Because so many people have told them that Lazarus is alive again, the chief priests and Pharisees gather the Jewish council for a meeting.
858	11:47	nhw4			οὖν οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς	1	“Then the leaders among the priests”
859	11:47	gz8c			οὖν	1	The author uses this word to tell the reader that the events that begin in this verse are a result of the events of John 11:45-46.
860	11:47	z5e9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τί ποιοῦμεν	1	It is implied here that the council members are talking about Jesus. Alternate translation: “What are we going to do about Jesus?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
861	11:48	kq4z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάντες πιστεύσουσιν εἰς αὐτὸν	1	The Jewish leaders were afraid that the people would try to make Jesus their king. Alternate translation: “everyone will trust in him and rebel against Rome” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
862	11:48	hr3p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐλεύσονται οἱ Ῥωμαῖοι	1	This is a synecdoche for the Roman army. Alternate translation: “the Roman army will come” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
863	11:48	ah4r			ἀροῦσιν ἡμῶν καὶ τὸν τόπον καὶ τὸ ἔθνος	1	“destroy both our temple and our nation”
864	11:49	efq8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	εἷς & τις ἐξ αὐτῶν	1	This is a way to introduce a new character to the story. If you have a way to do this in your language, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
865	11:49	lj6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ὑμεῖς οὐκ οἴδατε οὐδέν	1	This is an exaggeration that Caiaphas uses to insult his hearers. Alternate translation: “You do not understand what is happening” or “You speak as though you know nothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
866	11:50	zh9n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ μὴ ὅλον τὸ ἔθνος ἀπόληται	1	Caiaphas implies that the Roman army would kill all of the people of the Jewish nation if Jesus is allowed to live and cause a rebellion. The word “nation” here is a synecdoche that represents all of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “than that the Romans kill all the people of our nation” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
867	11:51	qww5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	In verses 51 and 52 John explains that Caiaphus was prophesying even though he did not realize it at the time. This is background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
868	11:51	eh17		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἀποθνῄσκειν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἔθνους	1	The word “nation” is a synecdoche and refers to the people of the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
869	11:52	d85p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	συναγάγῃ εἰς ἕν	1	This is an ellipsis. The word “people” is implied by the context. Alternate translation: “would be gathered into one people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
870	11:52	mle1			τέκνα τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This refers to people who belong to God through faith in Jesus and are spiritually God’s children.
871	11:54	gp4h				0	Jesus leaves Bethany and goes to Ephraim. In verse 55 the story shifts to telling about what many of the Jews are doing now that Passover is near.
872	11:54	bnd8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	παρρησίᾳ περιεπάτει ἐν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders and “walk openly” is a metaphor for “live where everyone could see him.” Alternate translation: “live where all the Jews could see him” or “walk openly among the Jewish leaders who opposed him” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
873	11:54	cg66			τὴν χώραν	1	the rural area outside cities where fewer people live
874	11:54	h5jk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κἀκεῖ ἔμεινεν μετὰ τῶν μαθητῶν	1	Jesus and his disciples stayed in Ephraim for a while. Alternate translation: “There he stayed with his disciples for a short period of time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
875	11:55	qd5y			ἀνέβησαν & εἰς Ἱεροσόλυμα	1	The phrase “went up” is used here because Jerusalem is higher in elevation than the surrounding areas.
876	11:56	a5kt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events		0	The content of verse 57 occurs before that of verse 56. If this order might confuse your readers, you can combine these verses and put the text of verse 57 before the text of verse 56. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
877	11:56	kc75			ἐζήτουν & τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	The word “they” refers to the Jewish people who had traveled to Jerusalem.
878	11:56	p2wz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί δοκεῖ ὑμῖν? ὅτι οὐ μὴ ἔλθῃ εἰς τὴν ἑορτήν	1	These are rhetorical questions that express a strong element of doubt that Jesus will come to the Passover Festival. The second question is an ellipsis that leaves out the words “do you think.” The speakers here were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival since there was the danger of his being arrested. Alternate translation: “Jesus will probably not come to the festival. He might be afraid of getting arrested!” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
879	11:57	glb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς	1	This is background information that explains why the Jewish worshipers were wondering if Jesus would come to the festival or not. If your language has a way to mark background information, use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
880	12:intro	qzv4				0	John 12 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:38 and 40, which are words from the Old Testament. Verse 16 is a commentary on these events. It is possible to put this entire verse in parentheses in order to set it apart from the narrative of the story. Special concepts in this chapter Mary anointed Jesus’ feet The Jews would put oil on a person’s head to make that person feel welcome and comfortable. They would also put oil on a person’s body after the person had died but before they buried the body. But they would never think to put oil on a person’s feet, because they thought that feet were dirty. The donkey and the colt Jesus rode into Jerusalem on an animal. In this way he was like a king who came into a city after he had won an important battle. Also, the kings of Israel in the Old Testament rode on a donkeys. Other kings rode on horses. So Jesus was showing that he was the king of Israel and that he was not like other kings. Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about this event. Matthew and Mark wrote that the disciples brought Jesus a donkey. John wrote that Jesus found a donkey. Luke wrote that they brought him a colt. Only Matthew wrote that there were both a donkey had a colt. No one knows for sure whether Jesus rode the donkey or the colt. It is best to translate each of these accounts as it appears in the ULT without trying to make them all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 21:1-7 and Mark 11:1-7 and Luke 19:29-36 and John 12:14-15) Glory Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter John says that the glory of Jesus is his resurrection (John 12:16). Important figures of speech in this chapter The metaphors of light and darkness The Bible often speaks of unrighteous people, people who do not do what pleases God, as if they were walking around in darkness. It speaks of light as if it were what enables those sinful people to become righteous, to understand what they are doing wrong and begin to obey God. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Paradox A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in 12:25: “He who loves his life will lose it; but he who hates his life in this world will keep it for eternal life.” But in 12:26 Jesus explains what it means to keep one’s life for eternal life. (John 12:25-26).
881	12:1	elj4				0	Jesus is at dinner in Bethany when Mary anoints his feet with oil.
882	12:1	s1v2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ Πάσχα	1	The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
883	12:1	z1jp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “had made alive again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
884	12:3	c8kf		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	λίτραν μύρου	1	You may convert this to a modern measure. A “litra” is about one third of a kilogram. Or you may refer to a container that could hold that amount. Alternate translation: “a third of a kilogram of perfume” or “a bottle of perfume” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
885	12:3	ki9d			μύρου	1	This is a good-smelling liquid made by using the oils of pleasant smelling plants and flowers.
886	12:3	b3sa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown	νάρδου	1	This is a perfume made from a pink, bell-shaped flower in the mountains of Nepal, China, and India. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
887	12:3	pq7c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡ & οἰκία ἐπληρώθη ἐκ τῆς ὀσμῆς τοῦ μύρου	1	This can be translated in an active form. Alternate translation: “The scent of her perfume filled the house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
888	12:4	e1xj			ὁ μέλλων αὐτὸν παραδιδόναι	1	“the one who later enabled Jesus’ enemies to seize him”
889	12:5	e8d7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	διὰ τί τοῦτο τὸ μύρον οὐκ ἐπράθη τριακοσίων δηναρίων, καὶ ἐδόθη πτωχοῖς	1	This is a rhetorical question. You can translate it as a strong statement. Alternate translation: “This perfume could have been sold for three hundred denarii and the money could have been given to the poor!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
890	12:5	p838		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	τριακοσίων δηναρίων	1	You can translate this as a numeral. Alternate translation: “300 denarii” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
891	12:5	dx9e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney	δηναρίων	1	A denarius was the amount of silver that a common laborer could earn in one day of work. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
892	12:6	ri5l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	εἶπεν δὲ τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν, καὶ τὸ γλωσσόκομον ἔχων τὰ βαλλόμενα ἐβάσταζεν	1	John explains why Judas asked the question about the poor. If your language has a way of indicating background information, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
893	12:6	sl8u			εἶπεν & τοῦτο, οὐχ ὅτι περὶ τῶν πτωχῶν ἔμελεν αὐτῷ, ἀλλ’ ὅτι κλέπτης ἦν	1	“he said this because he was a thief. He did not care about the poor”
894	12:7	dcn3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄφες αὐτήν, ἵνα εἰς τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνταφιασμοῦ μου, τηρήσῃ αὐτό	1	Jesus implies that the woman’s actions can be understood as anticipating his death and burial. Alternate translation: “Allow her to show how much she appreciates me! In this way she has prepared my body for burial” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
895	12:8	r82p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τοὺς πτωχοὺς & πάντοτε ἔχετε μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν	1	Jesus implies that there will always be opportunities to help the poor people. Alternate translation: “There will always be poor people among you, and you can help them whenever you want” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
896	12:8	kn28		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐμὲ δὲ οὐ πάντοτε ἔχετε	1	In this way, Jesus implies that he will die. Alternate translation: “But I will not always be here with you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
897	12:9	qm36		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	οὖν	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here John tells about a new group of people that has come to Bethany from Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
898	12:11	kjk7			δι’ αὐτὸν	1	The fact that Lazarus was alive again caused many Jews to believe in Jesus.
899	12:11	f6mg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐπίστευον εἰς τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	This implies that many of the Jewish people were trusting in Jesus as the Son of God. Alternate translation: “were putting their trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
900	12:12	f1im				0	Jesus enters Jerusalem and the people honor him as a king.
901	12:12	w1c2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	τῇ ἐπαύριον	1	The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
902	12:12	sy8h			ὁ ὄχλος πολὺς	1	“a great crowd of people”
903	12:13	lzn9			ὡσαννά	1	This means “May God save us now!”
904	12:13	i5ul			εὐλογημένος	1	This expresses a desire for God to cause good things to happen to a person.
905	12:13	w7ty		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀνόματι Κυρίου	1	Here the word “name” is a metonym for the person’s authority and power. Alternate translation: “comes as the representative of the Lord” or “comes in the power of the Lord” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
906	12:14	dbc5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	εὑρὼν & ὁ Ἰησοῦς ὀνάριον, ἐκάθισεν ἐπ’ αὐτό	1	Here John gives background information that Jesus secures a donkey. He implies that Jesus will ride the donkey into Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he found a young donkey and sat on it, riding into the city” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
907	12:14	h6xz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καθώς ἐστιν γεγραμμένον	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “as the prophets wrote in the Scripture” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
908	12:15	vra1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	θυγάτηρ Σιών	1	“Daughter of Zion” here is a metonym that refers to the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “you people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
909	12:16	a74d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	John, the writer, interrupts here to give the reader some background information about what the disciples later understood. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
910	12:16	rq52			ταῦτα οὐκ ἔγνωσαν αὐτοῦ οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	Here the words “these things” refer to the words that the prophet had written about Jesus.
911	12:16	xdm7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὅτε ἐδοξάσθη Ἰησοῦς	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “when God glorified Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
912	12:16	lvz1			ταῦτα ἐποίησαν αὐτῷ	1	The words “these things” refer to what the people did when Jesus rode into Jerusalem on a donkey (praising him and waving the palm branches).
913	12:17	i6ag		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	οὖν	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main narrative. Here John explains that many of the people came to meet Jesus because they heard others say that he had raised Lazarus from the dead. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
914	12:18	eel6			ἤκουσαν τοῦτο αὐτὸν πεποιηκέναι τὸ σημεῖον	1	“they heard others say that he had done this sign”
915	12:18	v2nx			τοῦτο & τὸ σημεῖον	1	A “sign” is an event or occurrence that proves something is true. In this case, the “sign” of raising Lazarus proves that Jesus is the Messiah.
916	12:19	c43j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	θεωρεῖτε ὅτι οὐκ ὠφελεῖτε οὐδέν	1	The Pharisees imply here that it might be impossible to stop Jesus. Alternate translation: “It seems like we can do nothing to stop him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
917	12:19	i5uq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ἴδε, ὁ κόσμος ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ ἀπῆλθεν	1	The Pharisees use this exaggeration to express their shock that so many people have come out to meet Jesus. Alternate translation: “It looks like everyone is becoming his disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
918	12:19	ev6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	Here “the world” is a metonym that represents (in exaggeration) all of the people in the world. You may need to make explicit that the hearers would have understood that the Pharisees were speaking only of the people in Judea. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
919	12:20	k8v2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants	δὲ Ἕλληνές τινες	1	The phrase “now certain” marks the introduction of new characters to the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
920	12:20	i6nd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἵνα προσκυνήσωσιν ἐν τῇ ἑορτῇ	1	John implies that these “Greeks” were going to worship God during the Passover. Alternate translation: “to worship God at the Passover festival” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
921	12:21	lr8c			Βηθσαϊδὰ	1	This was a town in the province of Galilee.
922	12:22	b9re		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	λέγουσιν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	Philip and Andrew tell Jesus about the Greeks’ request to see him. You can translate this by adding the implied words. Alternate translation: “they told Jesus what the Greeks had said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
923	12:23	p96d				0	Jesus begins to respond to Philip and Andrew.
924	12:23	jl9u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Jesus implies that it is now the right time for God to honor the Son of Man through his upcoming suffering, death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “God will soon honor me when I die and rise again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
925	12:24	m255			ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated “Truly, truly” in John 1:51.
926	12:24	gq2y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐὰν μὴ ὁ κόκκος τοῦ σίτου πεσὼν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς μόνος μένει; ἐὰν δὲ ἀποθάνῃ, πολὺν καρπὸν φέρει	1	Here “a grain of wheat” or “seed” is a metaphor for Jesus’ death, burial and resurrection. Just as a seed is planted and grows again into a plant that will bear much fruit, so will many people trust in Jesus after he is killed, buried, and raised back to life. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
927	12:25	sk6e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ φιλῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ, ἀπολλύει αὐτήν	1	Here “loves his life” means to consider one’s own physical life to be more valuable than the lives of others. Alternate translation: “whoever values his own life more than others will not receive eternal life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
928	12:25	mp7b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ μισῶν τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τούτῳ, εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον φυλάξει αὐτήν	1	Here the one who “hates his life” refers to one who loves his own life less than he loves the lives of others. Alternate translation: “whoever considers the lives of others as more important than his own life will live with God forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
929	12:26	i8ky		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ διάκονος ὁ ἐμὸς ἔσται	1	Jesus implies that those who serve him will be with him in heaven. Alternate translation: “when I am in heaven, my servant will also be there with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
930	12:26	wx3m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τιμήσει αὐτὸν ὁ Πατήρ	1	Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
931	12:27	ytv9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί εἴπω, Πάτερ, σῶσόν με ἐκ τῆς ὥρας ταύτης	1	This remark appears in the form of a rhetorical question. Although Jesus desires to avoid crucifixion, he chooses to be obedient to God and to be killed. Alternate translation: “I will not pray, ‘Father, save me from this hour!’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
932	12:27	bx1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
933	12:27	hmv9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῆς ὥρας ταύτης	1	Here “this hour” is a metonym that represents when Jesus would suffer and die on the cross. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
934	12:28	v2fk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	δόξασόν σου τὸ ὄνομα	1	Here the word “name” is a metonym that refers to God. Alternate translation: “make your glory known” or “reveal your glory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
935	12:28	r6qk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἦλθεν & φωνὴ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ	1	This represents God speaking. Sometimes people avoid referring directly to God because they respect him. Alternate translation: “God spoke from the heavens” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
936	12:30	kd86				0	Jesus explains why the voice spoke from heaven.
937	12:31	fc6r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	νῦν κρίσις ἐστὶν τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	Here “this world” is a metonym that refers to all the people in the world. Alternate translation: “Now is the time for God to judge all of the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
938	12:31	pv51		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	νῦν ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου ἐκβληθήσεται ἔξω	1	Here “ruler” refers to Satan. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now is the time when I will destroy the power of Satan who rules this world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
939	12:32	b1zu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	In verse 33 John tells us background information about what Jesus said about being “lifted up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
940	12:32	a7tc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κἀγὼ ἐὰν ὑψωθῶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς	1	Here Jesus refers to his crucifixion. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “When people raise me high on a cross” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
941	12:32	n7i6			πάντας ἑλκύσω πρὸς ἐμαυτόν	1	Through his crucifixion, Jesus will provide a way for everyone to trust in him.
942	12:33	v7f3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	τοῦτο & ἔλεγεν, σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν	1	John interprets Jesus’ words to mean that people will crucify him. Alternate translation: “He said this to let the people know how he would die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
943	12:34	mx1k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	δεῖ ὑψωθῆναι τὸν Υἱὸν τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	The phrase “lifted up” means crucified. You may translate this in a way that includes the implied words “on a cross.” Alternate translation: “The Son of Man must be lifted up on a cross” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
944	12:34	t386			τίς ἐστιν οὗτος ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου	1	Possible meanings are (1) “What is the identity of this Son of Man? or (2) “What kind of Son of Man are you talking about?”
945	12:35	l2w4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	εἶπεν οὖν αὐτοῖς ὁ Ἰησοῦς, ἔτι μικρὸν χρόνον, τὸ φῶς ἐν ὑμῖν ἐστιν. περιπατεῖτε ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, ἵνα μὴ σκοτία ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ; καὶ ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ, οὐκ οἶδεν ποῦ ὑπάγει	1	Here “light” is a metaphor for Jesus’ teachings which reveal the truth of God. To “walk in darkness” is a metaphor that means to live without God’s truth. Alternate translation: “My words are like a light to you, to help you understand how to live as God wants you to. I will not be with you much longer. You need to follow my instructions while I am still with you. If you reject my words, it will be like walking in darkness and you cannot see where you are going” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
946	12:36	j1rs		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε, πιστεύετε εἰς τὸ φῶς, ἵνα υἱοὶ φωτὸς γένησθε	1	The “light” is a metaphor for the teachings of Jesus which reveal the truth of God. “sons of light” is a metaphor for those who accept the message of Jesus and live according to God’s truth. Alternate translation: “While I am with you, believe what I teach so that God’s truth will be in you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
947	12:37	s1wh				0	This is a break in the main story line as the John begins to explain about the fulfillment of prophesies that had been spoken by the prophet Isaiah.
948	12:38	k15e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὁ λόγος Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου πληρωθῇ	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill the message of Isaiah the prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
949	12:38	gx5x		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Κύριε, τίς ἐπίστευσεν τῇ ἀκοῇ ἡμῶν? καὶ ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου τίνι ἀπεκαλύφθη	1	This appears in the form of two rhetorical questions to express the prophet’s dismay that the people do not believe his message.They may be stated as a single rhetorical question, Alternate translation: “Lord, hardly anyone has believed our message, even though they have seen that you are powerfully able to save them!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
950	12:38	dh6s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ βραχίων Κυρίου	1	This is a metonym that refers to the Lord’s ability to rescue with power. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
951	12:40	z323		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐπώρωσεν αὐτῶν τὴν καρδίαν & νοήσωσιν τῇ καρδίᾳ	1	Here “hearts” is a metonym for a person’s mind. The phrase “hardened their hearts” is a metaphor for making someone become stubborn. Also, to “understand with their hearts” means to “truly understand.” Alternate translation: “he has made them stubborn … truly understand” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
952	12:40	h99a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	καὶ στραφῶσιν	1	Here “turn” is a metaphor for “repent.” Alternate translation: “and they would repent” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
953	12:42	hdh1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα μὴ ἀποσυνάγωγοι γένωνται	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so people would not stop them from going to the synagogue” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
954	12:43	fx72			ἠγάπησαν & τὴν δόξαν τῶν ἀνθρώπων μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὴν δόξαν τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	“They wanted people to praise them more than they wanted God to praise them”
955	12:44	t7cq				0	Now John returns to the main story line. This is another time when Jesus begins to speak to the crowd.
956	12:44	d27w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Ἰησοῦς & ἔκραξεν καὶ εἶπεν	1	Here John implies that a crowd of people had gathered to hear Jesus speak. Alternate translation: “Jesus shouted out to the crowd that had gathered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
957	12:45	s6xx			ὁ θεωρῶν ἐμὲ, θεωρεῖ τὸν πέμψαντά με	1	Here the word “him” refers to God. Alternate translation: “the one who sees me sees God, who sent me”
958	12:46	db76				0	Jesus continues speaking to the crowd.
959	12:46	wib3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐγὼ φῶς & ἐλήλυθα	1	Here the “light” is a metaphor for Jesus’ example. Alternate translation: “I have come to show the truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
960	12:46	i31g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐν τῇ σκοτίᾳ μὴ μείνῃ	1	Here “darkness” is a metaphor for living in ignorance of God’s truth. Alternate translation: “may not continue to be spiritually blind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
961	12:46	uxb8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸν κόσμον	1	Here “the world” is a metonym that represents all of the people in the world. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
962	12:47	xvq6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ἐάν τίς μου ἀκούσῃ τῶν ῥημάτων, καὶ μὴ φυλάξῃ, ἐγὼ οὐ κρίνω αὐτόν, οὐ γὰρ ἦλθον, ἵνα κρίνω τὸν κόσμον, ἀλλ’ ἵνα σώσω τὸν κόσμον	1	Here “to judge the world” implies condemnation. Jesus did not come to condemn people. Alternate translation: “If anyone hears my teaching and rejects it, I do not condemn him. I have not come to condemn people. Instead, I have come to save those who trust in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
963	12:48	b1ds			ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ	1	“at the time when God judges people’s sins”
964	12:49	ybm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
965	12:50	tar2			οἶδα, ὅτι ἡ ἐντολὴ αὐτοῦ ζωὴ αἰώνιός ἐστιν	1	“I know that the words that he commanded me to speak are the words that give life forever”
966	13:intro	zk68				0	John 13 General Notes Structure and formatting The events of this chapter are commonly referred to as the last supper or the Lord’s supper. This Passover feast in many ways parallels Jesus’ sacrifice as the lamb of God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]]) Special concepts in this chapter The washing of feet People in the ancient Near East thought that feet were very dirty. Only servants would wash people’s feet. The disciples did not want Jesus to wash their feet because they considered him their master and themselves his servants, but he wanted to show them that they needed to serve each other. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) I AM John records Jesus as saying these words four times in this book, once in this chapter. They stand alone as a complete sentence, and they literally translate the Hebrew word for “I AM,” by which Yahweh identified himself to Moses. For these reasons, many people believe that when Jesus said these words he was claiming to be Yahweh. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahweh]]). Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter “Son of Man” Jesus refers to himself as the “Son of Man” in this chapter (John 13:31). Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking about someone else. (See: [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
967	13:1	wk2k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	It is not yet Passover and Jesus is together with his disciples for supper. These verses explain the setting of the story and give background information about Jesus and Judas. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
968	13:1	w7w3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
969	13:1	a1w4			ἀγαπήσας	1	This is the kind of love that comes from God, which is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
970	13:2	xn6r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τοῦ διαβόλου ἤδη βεβληκότος εἰς τὴν καρδίαν, ἵνα παραδοῖ αὐτὸν Ἰούδας, Σίμωνος Ἰσκαριώτης	1	The phrase “put it into the heart” is an idiom that means to cause someone to think about something. Alternate translation: “the devil had already caused Judas Iscariot, the son of Simon, to think about betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
971	13:3	u3vn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	Verse 3 continues to tell us background information about what Jesus knew. The action in the story begins in verse 4. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
972	13:3	fd2t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
973	13:3	x8hc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	πάντα δέδωκεν αὐτῷ & εἰς τὰς χεῖρας	1	Here “his hands” is a metonym for power and authority. Alternate translation: “had given him complete power and authority over everything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
974	13:3	a6qj			ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθεν καὶ πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν ὑπάγει	1	Jesus had always been with the Father, and would return there after his work on earth was finished.
975	13:4	t7cu			ἐγείρεται ἐκ τοῦ δείπνου καὶ τίθησιν τὰ ἱμάτια	1	Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus took off his outer clothing so he would look like a servant.
976	13:5	s1pc			ἤρξατο νίπτειν τοὺς πόδας τῶν μαθητῶν	1	Because the region was very dusty, it was customary for the host of a dinner to provide a servant to wash the feet of the guests. Jesus did the work of the servant by washing the disciples’ feet.
977	13:6	bz27		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	Κύριε, σύ μου νίπτεις τοὺς πόδας	1	Peter’s question shows that he is not willing for Jesus to wash his feet. Alternate translation: “Lord, it is not right for you to wash the feet of me, a sinner!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
978	13:8	f6dg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ νίψω σε, οὐκ ἔχεις μέρος μετ’ ἐμοῦ	1	Here Jesus states two negatives to convince Peter to allow him to wash his feet. Jesus implies that Peter must let him wash his feet if he wants to continue being a disciple. Alternate translation: “If I wash you, you will always belong with me” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
979	13:10	tv57				0	Jesus uses the word “you” to refer to all of his disciples.
980	13:10	m7vj				0	Jesus continues to speak to Simon Peter.
981	13:10	is57		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ λελουμένος οὐκ ἔχει χρείαν, εἰ μὴ τοὺς πόδας νίψασθαι	1	Here “bathed” is a metaphor that means that God has cleansed a person spiritually. Alternate translation: “If anyone has already received God’s forgiveness, he now only needs to receive cleansing from his daily sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
982	13:11	ccz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐχὶ πάντες καθαροί ἐστε	1	Jesus implies that the one who will betray him, Judas, has not trusted in him. Therefore God has not forgiven him of his sins. Alternate translation: “Not all of you have received God’s forgiveness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
983	13:12	p45l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	γινώσκετε τί πεποίηκα ὑμῖν	1	This remark appears in the form of a question so Jesus can emphasize the importance of what he is teaching his disciples. Alternate translation: “You need to understand what I have done for you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
984	13:13	m9z8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὑμεῖς φωνεῖτέ με ὁ Διδάσκαλος καὶ, ὁ Κύριος	1	Here Jesus implies that his disciples have great respect for him. Alternate translation: “You show me great respect when you call me ‘teacher’ and ‘Lord.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
985	13:15	pk3l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καθὼς ἐγὼ ἐποίησα ὑμῖν, καὶ ὑμεῖς ποιῆτε	1	Jesus implies that his disciples should be willing to follow his example and serve one another. Alternate translation: “you should also humbly serve each other” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
986	13:16	n5cb				0	Jesus continues to speak to his disciples.
987	13:16	h6gt			ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	See how you translated this in John 1:51.
988	13:16	tpl8			μείζων	1	one who is more important or more powerful, or one who should have an easier life or a more pleasant life
989	13:17	an8u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	μακάριοί ἐστε	1	Here “bless” means to cause good, beneficial things to happen to a person. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will bless you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
990	13:18	u5fl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “this is in order to fulfill the scripture” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
991	13:18	v5pv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὁ τρώγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὸν ἄρτον, ἐπῆρεν ἐπ’ ἐμὲ τὴν πτέρναν αὐτοῦ	1	Here the phrase “eats my bread” is an idiom for someone who pretends to be a friend. The phrase “lifted up his heel” is also an idiom, which means someone who has become an enemy. If you have idioms in your language that carry these meanings, you can use them here. Alternate translation: “the one who has pretended to be my friend has turned out to be an enemy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
992	13:19	qd39			ἀπ’ ἄρτι λέγω ὑμῖν πρὸ τοῦ γενέσθαι	1	“I am telling you now what is going to happen before it happens”
993	13:19	gg19			ἐγώ εἰμι	1	Possible meanings are (1) Jesus is identifying himself as Yahweh, who identified himself to Moses as “I AM,” or (2) Jesus is saying, “I am the one I claim to be.”
994	13:20	di3t			ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	See how you translated this in John 1:51.
995	13:21	bq84			ἐταράχθη	1	concerned, upset
996	13:21	j7x1			ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	See how you translated this in John 1:51.
997	13:22	dhs3			ἔβλεπον εἰς ἀλλήλους οἱ μαθηταὶ, ἀπορούμενοι περὶ τίνος λέγει	1	“The disciples looked at each other and wondered: “Who will betray Jesus?”
998	13:23	xvi8			εἷς ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ & ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	This refers to John.
999	13:23	z8ze		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀνακείμενος	1	During the time of Christ, Jews would often dine together in the Greek style, in which they lay on their sides on low couches. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1000	13:23	p2ee			τῷ κόλπῳ τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	Lying with one’s head against the side of another diner in the Greek style was considered to be the place of greatest friendship with him.
1001	13:23	a58j			ἠγάπα	1	This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
1002	13:26	qpj8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	Ἰσκαριώτη	1	This indicates that Judas was from the village of Kerioth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1003	13:27	r8lk		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	καὶ μετὰ τὸ ψωμίον	1	The words “Judas took” are understood from the context. Alternate translation: “Then after Judas took the bread” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1004	13:27	xk39		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	εἰσῆλθεν εἰς ἐκεῖνον ὁ Σατανᾶς	1	This is an idiom that means Satan took complete control of Judas. Alternate translation: “Satan took control of him” or “Satan started to command him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1005	13:27	rz21			λέγει οὖν αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	Here Jesus is speaking to Judas.
1006	13:27	agd7			ὃ ποιεῖς, ποίησον τάχειον	1	“Do quickly what you are planning to do!”
1007	13:29	rv4z			τοῖς πτωχοῖς ἵνα τι δῷ	1	You can translate this as a direct quote: “Go and give some money to the poor.”
1008	13:30	dw7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἐκεῖνος ἐξῆλθεν εὐθύς; ἦν & νύξ	1	John seems to draw attention here to the fact that Judas will do his evil or “dark” deed in the darkness of the night. Alternate translation: “he went out immediately into the dark night” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1009	13:31	d6l8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	νῦν ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου, καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη ἐν αὐτῷ	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now people are about to see how the Son of Man will receive honor and how God will receive honor through what the Son of Man is doing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1010	13:32	uaj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns	ὁ Θεὸς δοξάσει αὐτὸν ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ εὐθὺς δοξάσει αὐτόν	1	The word “him” refers to the Son of Man. The word “himself” is a reflexive pronoun that refers to God. Alternate translation: “God himself will immediately give honor to the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1011	13:33	zki6			τεκνία	1	Jesus uses the term “Little children” to communicate that he loves the disciples as though they were his children.
1012	13:33	lp65		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	καθὼς εἶπον τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “as I said to the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1013	13:34	fkc7				0	Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
1014	13:34	nmf5			ἀγαπᾶτε	1	This is the kind of love that comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
1015	13:35	kyd9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	πάντες	1	You may need to make explicit that this exaggeration refers only to those people who see how the disciples love each other. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1016	13:37	ye6m			τὴν ψυχήν μου & θήσω	1	“give up my life” or “die”
1017	13:38	qp88		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τὴν ψυχήν σου ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ θήσεις	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “You say that you will die for me, but the truth is that you will not!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1018	13:38	sp7p			οὐ μὴ ἀλέκτωρ φωνήσῃ, ἕως οὗ ἀρνήσῃ με τρίς	1	“you will say that you do not know me three times before the rooster crows”
1019	14:intro	kv6m				0	John 14 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter “My Father’s house” Jesus used these words to speak of heaven, where God lives, not of the temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]]) The Holy Spirit Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter (John 14:16) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth (John 14:17) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])
1020	14:1	a2xv				0	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
1021	14:1	w3dn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “Stop being so anxious and worried” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1022	14:2	cp9z			ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου, μοναὶ πολλαί εἰσιν	1	“There are many places to live in my Father’s house”
1023	14:2	eca3			ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	This refers to heaven, where God lives.
1024	14:2	v9px		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1025	14:2	fp9r			μοναὶ πολλαί	1	The word “room” can refer to a single room, or to a larger dwelling.
1026	14:2	xb2y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	πορεύομαι ἑτοιμάσαι τόπον ὑμῖν	1	Jesus will prepare a place in heaven for every person who trusts in him. The “you” is plural and refers to all his disciples. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1027	14:4	ir1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὴν ὁδόν	1	This is a metaphor that has these possible meanings (1) “the way to God” or (2) “the one who takes people to God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1028	14:5	e1dl			πῶς δυνάμεθα τὴν ὁδὸν εἰδέναι	1	“how can we know how to get there?”
1029	14:6	i8le		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἡ ἀλήθεια	1	This is a metaphor that has these possible meanings (1) “the true person” or (2) “the one who speaks true words about God.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1030	14:6	z9tr		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἡ ζωή	1	This is a metaphor that means Jesus can give life to people. Alternate translation: “the one who can make people alive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1031	14:6	g5hn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδεὶς ἔρχεται πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα, εἰ μὴ δι’ ἐμοῦ	1	People can come to God and live with him only by trusting Jesus. Alternate translation: “No one can come to the Father and live with him unless he comes through me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1032	14:6	f95q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1033	14:8	kum1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Κύριε, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα	1	The “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1034	14:9	mr1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τοσοῦτον χρόνον μεθ’ ὑμῶν εἰμι, καὶ οὐκ ἔγνωκάς με, Φίλιππε	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus’ words. Alternate translation: “Philip, I have been with you disciples already for a very long time. You should know me by now!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1035	14:9	l3s8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ ἑωρακὼς ἐμὲ, ἑώρακεν τὸν Πατέρα	1	To see Jesus, who is God the Son, is to see God the Father. The “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1036	14:9	x1uh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	πῶς σὺ λέγεις, δεῖξον ἡμῖν τὸν Πατέρα	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “So you really should not be saying, ‘Show us the Father!’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1037	14:10	v2jb				0	Jesus asks Philip a question and then he continues to speak to all of his disciples.
1038	14:10	hc1z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐ πιστεύεις ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί ἐστιν	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to emphasize Jesus’ words to Philip. Alternate translation: “You really should believe … in me.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1039	14:10	e4se		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρὶ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1040	14:10	pgk6			τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν, ἀπ’ ἐμαυτοῦ οὐ λαλῶ	1	“What I am telling you is not from me” or “The words I tell you are not from me”
1041	14:10	wh9w			τὰ ῥήματα ἃ ἐγὼ λαλῶ ὑμῖν	1	Here “you” is plural. Jesus is now speaking to all of his disciples.
1042	14:11	ew6g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρὶ, καὶ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν ἐμοί	1	This is an idiom that means God the Father and Jesus have a unique relationship. Alternate translation: “I am one with the Father, and the Father is one with me” or “my Father and I are just as though we were one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1043	14:12	gh64			ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	See how you translated this in John 1:51.
1044	14:12	h2rh			ὁ πιστεύων εἰς ἐμὲ	1	This means to believe that Jesus is the Son of God.
1045	14:12	cn14		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	This is an important title that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1046	14:13	n2id		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Here “name” is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Whatever you ask, using my authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1047	14:13	i138		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα δοξασθῇ ὁ Πατὴρ ἐν τῷ Υἱῷ	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so I can show everyone how great my Father is” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1048	14:13	j6nh		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ & Υἱῷ	1	These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1049	14:14	sgk6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐάν τι αἰτήσητέ με ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, ἐγὼ ποιήσω	1	Here “name” is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “If you ask me anything as one of my followers, I will do it” or “Whatever you ask of me, I will do it because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1050	14:16	tu1e			Παράκλητον	1	This refers to the Holy Spirit.
1051	14:17	sc6r			Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	This refers to the Holy Spirit who teaches people what is true about God.
1052	14:17	i2v7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὃ ὁ κόσμος οὐ δύναται λαβεῖν	1	Here the “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “The unbelieving people in this world will never welcome him” or “Those who oppose God will not accept him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1053	14:18	hy8v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀφήσω ὑμᾶς ὀρφανούς	1	Here Jesus implies that he will not leave his disciples with no one to care for them. Alternate translation: “leave you with no one to care for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1054	14:19	r5q8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	Here the “world” is a metonym that represents the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “the unbelievers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1055	14:20	b87j			γνώσεσθε ὑμεῖς ὅτι ἐγὼ ἐν τῷ Πατρί μου	1	God the Father and Jesus live as one person. Alternate translation: “you will know that my Father and I are just like one person”
1056	14:20	he2a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρί μου	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1057	14:20	ht8z			καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	“you and I are just like one person”
1058	14:21	rw8n			ἀγαπῶν	1	This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
1059	14:21	gjl8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ & ἀγαπῶν με, ἀγαπηθήσεται ὑπὸ τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “my Father will love anyone who loves me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1060	14:21	qsu7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός μου	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1061	14:22	r22b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰούδας, οὐχ ὁ Ἰσκαριώτης	1	This refers to another disciple whose name was Judas, not to the disciple who was from the village of Kerioth who betrayed Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1062	14:22	a7aa			τί γέγονεν, ὅτι ἡμῖν μέλλεις ἐμφανίζειν σεαυτὸν	1	Here the word “show” refers to revealing how wonderful Jesus is. Alternate translation: “Why will you reveal yourself only to us” or “Why will you only let us see how wonderful you are?”
1063	14:22	gv3a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐχὶ τῷ κόσμῳ	1	Here “world” is a metonym that represents the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “not to those who do not belong to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1064	14:23	a9av				0	Jesus responds to Judas (not Iscariot).
1065	14:23	xez7			ἐάν τις ἀγαπᾷ με, τὸν λόγον μου τηρήσει	1	“The one who loves me will do what I have told him to do”
1066	14:23	ai8y			ἀγαπᾷ	1	This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
1067	14:23	xk31		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1068	14:23	h9tl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐλευσόμεθα, καὶ μονὴν παρ’ αὐτῷ ποιησόμεθα	1	The Father and the Son will share life with those who obey what Jesus commands. Alternate translation: “we will come to live with him, and will have a personal relationship with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1069	14:24	b7di			ὁ λόγος ὃν ἀκούετε, οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸς, ἀλλὰ τοῦ πέμψαντός με Πατρός	1	“The things I have told you are not things that I have decided to say on my own”
1070	14:24	c3ju			ὁ λόγος	1	“The message”
1071	14:24	d7ay			ὃν ἀκούετε	1	Here when Jesus says “you” he is speaking to all of his disciples.
1072	14:26	hk8n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1073	14:27	nx8a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	κόσμος	1	The “world” is a metonym that represents those people who do not love God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1074	14:27	m6qq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μὴ ταρασσέσθω ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία, μηδὲ δειλιάτω	1	Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “So stop being anxious, and do not be afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1075	14:28	s8bx			ἠγαπᾶτέ	1	This kind of love comes from God and desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
1076	14:28	s3t3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα	1	Here Jesus implies that he will return to his Father. Alternate translation: “I am going back to the Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1077	14:28	gtk5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Πατὴρ μείζων μού ἐστιν	1	Here Jesus implies that the Father has greater authority than the Son while the Son is on the earth. Alternate translation: “the Father has greater authority than I have here” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1078	14:28	ymq4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1079	14:30	ah3s			τοῦ κόσμου ἄρχων	1	Here “ruler” refers to Satan. See how you translated this in John 12:31. Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world”
1080	14:30	ea6m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔρχεται & ἄρχων	1	Here Jesus implies that Satan is coming to attack him. Alternate translation: “Satan is coming to attack me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1081	14:31	jhq1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἵνα γνῷ ὁ κόσμος	1	Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “in order that the ones who do not belong to God may know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1082	14:31	r9ub		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1083	15:intro	k9jd				0	John 15 General Notes Structure and formatting Special concepts in this chapter Vine Jesus used the vine as a metaphor for himself. This is because the vine of the grape plant is what takes water and minerals from the ground to the leaves and grapes. Without the vine, the grapes and leaves die. He wanted his followers to know that unless they loved and obeyed him, they would be unable to do anything that pleased God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1084	15:1	aws2				0	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
1085	15:1	fen5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος ἡ ἀληθινή	1	Here the “true vine” is a metaphor. Jesus compares himself to a vine or a vine stem. He is the source of life that causes people to live in a way that pleases God. Alternate translation: “I am like a vine that produces good fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1086	15:1	w2d4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ γεωργός ἐστιν	1	The “gardener” is a metaphor. A “gardener” is a person who takes care of the vine to ensure it is as fruitful as possible. Alternate translation: “my Father is like a gardener” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1087	15:1	hqj7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1088	15:2	p311		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	πᾶν κλῆμα ἐν ἐμοὶ μὴ φέρον καρπὸν, αἴρει	1	Here “every branch” represents people, and “bear fruit” represents living in a way that pleases God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1089	15:2	wt8w			αἴρει	1	“cuts off and takes away”
1090	15:2	xej7			πᾶν & καθαίρει	1	“trims every branch”
1091	15:3	xn3j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἤδη ὑμεῖς καθαροί ἐστε, διὰ τὸν λόγον ὃν λελάληκα ὑμῖν	1	The implied metaphor here is the “clean branches” that have already been “pruned.” Alternate translation: “It is as if you have already been pruned and are clean branches because you have obeyed what I have taught you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1092	15:3	l5zz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you	ὑμεῖς & ὑμῖν	1	The word “you” throughout this passage is plural and refers to the disciples of Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1093	15:4	qvv9			μείνατε ἐν ἐμοί, κἀγὼ ἐν ὑμῖν	1	“If you remain joined to me, I will remain joined to you” or “Remain joined to me, and I will remain joined to you”
1094	15:4	hn7q			ἐὰν μὴ ἐν ἐμοὶ μένητε	1	By remaining in Christ, those who belong to him depend on him for everything. Alternate translation: “unless you stay joined to me and depend upon me for everything”
1095	15:5	mw4t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐγώ εἰμι ἡ ἄμπελος; ὑμεῖς τὰ κλήματα	1	The “vine” is a metaphor that represents Jesus. The “branches” is a metaphor that represent those who trust in Jesus and belong to him. Alternate translation: “I am like a vine, and you are like branches that are attached to the vine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1096	15:5	r4di		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ μένων ἐν ἐμοὶ κἀγὼ ἐν αὐτῷ	1	Here Jesus implies that his followers are joined to him as he is joined to God. Alternate translation: “He who stays joined to me, as I stay joined to my Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1097	15:5	hzh4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	οὗτος φέρει καρπὸν πολύν	1	The implied metaphor here is the fruitful branch that represents the believer who pleases God. Just as a branch that is attached to the vine will bear much fruit, those who stay joined to Jesus will do many things that please God. Alternate translation: “you will bear much fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1098	15:6	k1tm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἐβλήθη ἔξω ὡς τὸ κλῆμα καὶ ἐξηράνθη	1	Here the implied metaphor is the unfruitful branch that represents those who do not stay joined to Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the vinedresser throws him away like a branch and it dries up” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1099	15:6	e789		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καίεται	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the fire burns them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1100	15:7	m38f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃ ἐὰν θέλητε, αἰτήσασθε	1	Jesus implies that believers must ask God to answer their prayers. Alternate translation: “ask God whatever you wish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1101	15:7	mcz5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	γενήσεται ὑμῖν	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he will do it for you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1102	15:8	yq67		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “It causes people to honor my Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1103	15:8	z1ww		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατήρ μου	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1104	15:8	wpa6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἵνα καρπὸν πολὺν φέρητε	1	Here “fruit” is a metaphor for living to please God. Alternate translation: “when you live in a way that pleases him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1105	15:8	vtg5			γένησθε ἐμοὶ μαθηταί	1	“show you are my disciples” or “demonstrate you are my disciples”
1106	15:9	nf5v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	καθὼς ἠγάπησέν με ὁ Πατήρ, κἀγὼ ὑμᾶς ἠγάπησα	1	Jesus shares the love that God the Father has for him with those who trust in him. Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1107	15:9	d32z			μείνατε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ τῇ ἐμῇ	1	“Continue to accept my love”
1108	15:10	cu4e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐὰν τὰς ἐντολάς μου τηρήσητε, μενεῖτε ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ μου, καθὼς ἐγὼ τοῦ Πατρός τὰς ἐντολὰς τετήρηκα, καὶ μένω αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ ἀγάπῃ	1	When Jesus’ followers obey him, they show their love for him. Alternate translation: “When you do the things I have told you to do, you are living in my love, just as I obey my Father and live in his love” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1109	15:10	k1nm		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός	1	Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1110	15:11	rcv8			ταῦτα λελάληκα ὑμῖν, ἵνα ἡ χαρὰ ἡ ἐμὴ ἐν ὑμῖν ᾖ	1	“I have told you these things so that you will have the same kind of joy that I have”
1111	15:11	r1p1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν πληρωθῇ	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you will be completely joyful” or “so that your joy may have nothing missing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1112	15:13	bu8j			τὴν ψυχὴν	1	This refers to physical life.
1113	15:15	h2wv			πάντα ἃ ἤκουσα παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός μου, ἐγνώρισα ὑμῖν	1	“I have told you everything my Father told me”
1114	15:15	b56f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τοῦ Πατρός μου	1	Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1115	15:16	yu3e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐχ ὑμεῖς με ἐξελέξασθε	1	Jesus implies that his followers did not decide on their own to become his disciples. Alternate translation: “You did not decide to become my disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1116	15:16	qj98		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ὑπάγητε καὶ καρπὸν φέρητε	1	Here “fruit” is a metaphor that represents a life that is pleasing to God. Alternate translation: “live lives that please God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1117	15:16	v3je			καὶ ὁ καρπὸς ὑμῶν μένῃ	1	“that the results of what you do should last forever”
1118	15:16	z431		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὅ τι ἂν αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου, δῷ ὑμῖν	1	Here “name” is a metonym that represents the authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Because you belong to me, whatever you ask of the Father, he will give it to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1119	15:16	bcy1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1120	15:18	d5ff		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	the people who do not belong to God and are opposed to him (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1121	15:19	x6q8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	the people who do not belong to God and are opposed to him (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1122	15:19	xas7			ἐφίλει	1	This refers to human, brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
1123	15:20	v53s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	μνημονεύετε τοῦ λόγου οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον ὑμῖν	1	Here “word” is a metonym for the message of Jesus. Alternate translation: “Remember the message that I spoke to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1124	15:21	z35m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου	1	Here “because of my name” is a metonym that represents Jesus. People will make his followers suffer because they belong to him. Alternate translation: “because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1125	15:22	m75h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἰ μὴ ἦλθον καὶ ἐλάλησα αὐτοῖς, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν; νῦν δὲ πρόφασιν οὐκ ἔχουσιν περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν	1	Jesus implies here that he has shared God’s message with those who do not trust him. Alternate translation: “Because I have come and told them God’s message, they have no excuse when God judges them for their sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1126	15:23	sw4l			ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν, καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου μισεῖ	1	To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father.
1127	15:23	u9u7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1128	15:24	bd47		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	εἰ τὰ ἔργα μὴ ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς ἃ οὐδεὶς ἄλλος ἐποίησεν, ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν & δὲ	1	You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “Because I have done among them the works that no one else did, they have had sin, and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1129	15:24	v23s			ἁμαρτίαν οὐκ εἴχοσαν	1	“they would not have any sin.” See how you translated this in John 15:22.
1130	15:24	v6pt			καὶ ἑωράκασιν καὶ μεμισήκασιν, καὶ ἐμὲ καὶ τὸν Πατέρα μου	1	To hate God the Son is to hate God the Father.
1131	15:25	x7g9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὁ ἐν τῷ νόμῳ αὐτῶν γεγραμμένος	1	You can translate this in an active form. “Word” here is a metonym for the entire message of God. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the prophecy in their law” and “to fulfill the prophecy in their law” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1132	15:25	j2m2			τῷ νόμῳ	1	This refers generally to the entire Old Testament, which contained all of God’s instructions for his people.
1133	15:26	mwq6			πέμψω & παρὰ τοῦ Πατρός, τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας & ἐκεῖνος μαρτυρήσει περὶ ἐμοῦ	1	God the Father sent God the Spirit to show the world that Jesus is God the Son.
1134	15:26	tpw6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρός	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1135	15:26	tzi9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	This is a title for the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Spirit who tells the truth about God and me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1136	15:27	r47f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ ὑμεῖς & μαρτυρεῖτε	1	Here “testifying” means to tell others about Jesus. Alternate translation: “You also must tell everyone what you know about me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1137	15:27	ew2v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἀρχῆς	1	Here the “beginning” is a metonym that means the first days of Jesus’ ministry. Alternate translation: “from the very first days when I began teaching the people and doing miracles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1138	16:intro	wb8v				0	John 16 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter The Holy Spirit Jesus told his disciples that he would send the Holy Spirit to them. The Holy Spirit is the Comforter (John 14:16) who is always with God’s people to help them and to speak to God for them, He is also the Spirit of truth (John 14:17) who tells God’s people what is true about God so they know him better and serve him well. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]]) “The hour is coming” Jesus used these words to begin prophecies about times that could be shorter or longer than sixty minutes. “The hour” in which people would persecute his followers (John 16:2) was days, weeks, and years long, but “the hour” in which his disciples would scatter and leave him alone (John 16:32) was less than sixty minutes long. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]]) Important figures of speech in this chapter Simile Jesus said that just as a woman is in pain as she gives birth to a baby and his followers would be sad when he died. But the woman is glad after the baby is born, and his followers would be happy when he became alive again. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1139	16:1	pbc8				0	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus reclines at the table with his disciples and continues to speak to them.
1140	16:1	vui6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ σκανδαλισθῆτε	1	Here the phrase “fall away” implies to stop putting one’s trust in Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “you will not stop trusting in me because of the difficulties you must face” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1141	16:2	i79b			ἔρχεται ὥρα, ἵνα πᾶς ὁ ἀποκτείνας ὑμᾶς, δόξῃ λατρείαν προσφέρειν τῷ Θεῷ	1	“it will someday happen that a person will kill you and think he is doing something good for God.”
1142	16:3	cqw1			ταῦτα ποιήσουσιν, ὅτι οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὸν Πατέρα οὐδὲ ἐμέ	1	They will kill some believers because they do not know God the Father or Jesus.
1143	16:3	k4r6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1144	16:4	blb2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἡ ὥρα αὐτῶν	1	Here “hour” is a metonym that refers to the time when people will persecute Jesus’ followers. Alternate translation: “when they cause you to suffer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1145	16:4	dh5i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐξ ἀρχῆς	1	This is a metonym that refers to the first days of Jesus’ ministry. Alternate translation: “when you first started following me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1146	16:6	kr4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ λύπη πεπλήρωκεν ὑμῶν τὴν καρδίαν	1	Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “you are now very sad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1147	16:7	g3ze		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν & μὴ ἀπέλθω, ὁ Παράκλητος οὐκ ἐλεύσεται πρὸς ὑμᾶς	1	You can translate this in a positive form. Alternate translation: “the Comforter will come to you only if I go away” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1148	16:7	d1zd			Παράκλητος	1	This is a title for the Holy Spirit who will be with the disciples after Jesus goes away. See how you translated this in John 14:26.
1149	16:8	e7di			ἐκεῖνος ἐλέγξει τὸν κόσμον περὶ ἁμαρτίας	1	When the Holy Spirit came, he began to show people that they are sinners.
1150	16:8	bpu5			ἐκεῖνος	1	This refers to the Holy Spirit. See how you translated this in John 14:16.
1151	16:8	i78r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	κόσμον	1	This is a metonym that refers to the people in the world.(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1152	16:9	v4hk			περὶ ἁμαρτίας μέν, ὅτι οὐ πιστεύουσιν εἰς ἐμὲ	1	“they are guilty of sin because they do not trust in me”
1153	16:10	t4qe			περὶ δικαιοσύνης & ὅτι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα ὑπάγω, καὶ οὐκέτι θεωρεῖτέ με	1	“when I return to God, and they see me no more, they will know that I did the right things”
1154	16:10	r121		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1155	16:11	l71y			περὶ & κρίσεως, ὅτι ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου κέκριται	1	“God will hold them accountable and will punish them for their sins, just as he will punish Satan, the one who rules this world”
1156	16:11	x2z1			ὁ ἄρχων τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	Here “ruler” refers to Satan. See how you translated this in John 12:31. Alternate translation: “Satan who rules this world”
1157	16:12	g29n			πολλὰ & ὑμῖν λέγειν	1	“messages for you” or “words for you”
1158	16:13	j7gr			τὸ Πνεῦμα τῆς ἀληθείας	1	This is a name for the Holy Spirit who will tell the people the truth about God.
1159	16:13	pau7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁδηγήσει ὑμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ πάσῃ	1	The “truth” refers to spiritual truth. Alternate translation: “he will teach you all the spiritual truth you need to know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1160	16:13	v738		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅσα ἀκούσει, λαλήσει	1	Jesus implies that God the Father will speak to the Spirit. Alternate translation: “he will say whatever God tells him to say” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1161	16:14	m9pb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λήμψεται, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν	1	Here “things of mine” refers to Jesus’ teaching and mighty works. Alternate translation: “he will reveal to you that what I have said and done are indeed true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1162	16:15	s73e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1163	16:15	rmq9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκ τοῦ ἐμοῦ λαμβάνει, καὶ ἀναγγελεῖ ὑμῖν	1	The Holy Spirit will tell people that the words and works of Jesus are true. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit will tell everyone that my words and works are true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1164	16:16	nq4g			μικρὸν	1	“Soon” or “Before much time passes”
1165	16:16	en9b			καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν	1	“again, before much time passes”
1166	16:17	f2sj				0	There is a break in Jesus’ speaking as his disciples ask each other about what Jesus meant.
1167	16:17	s9x3			μικρὸν & οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με	1	The disciples did not understand that this refers to Jesus’ death on the cross.
1168	16:17	zd1n			πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με	1	Possible meanings are (1) This could refer to Jesus’ resurrection or (2) This could refer to Jesus’ coming at the end of time.
1169	16:17	sz1v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1170	16:19	j7dv				0	Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
1171	16:19	j7wv		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	περὶ τούτου ζητεῖτε μετ’ ἀλλήλων, ὅτι εἶπον, μικρὸν καὶ οὐ θεωρεῖτέ με; καὶ πάλιν μικρὸν καὶ ὄψεσθέ με	1	Jesus uses this question so his disciples will focus on what he has just told them, so he can explain further. Alternate translation: “You are asking yourselves what I meant when I said, … see me.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1172	16:20	jx6s			ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in John 1:51.
1173	16:20	p9x1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ δὲ κόσμος χαρήσεται	1	Here the “world” is a metonym for the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “but the people who oppose God will be glad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1174	16:20	p6v5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀλλ’ ἡ λύπη ὑμῶν εἰς χαρὰν γενήσεται	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but your sadness will become joy” or “but afterwards instead of being sad you will be very happy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1175	16:22	j7ge		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	χαρήσεται ὑμῶν ἡ καρδία	1	Here “heart” is a metonym for a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “you will be very happy” or “you will be very joyful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1176	16:23	g4qt			ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν, λέγω ὑμῖν	1	Translate this the way your language emphasizes that what follows is important and true. See how you translated this in John 1:51.
1177	16:23	v91r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἄν τι αἰτήσητε τὸν Πατέρα, δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Here the word “name” is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “if you ask anything of the Father, he will give it to you because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1178	16:23	w5jj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1179	16:23	q75v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου	1	Here “name” is a metonym that refers to the person and authority of Jesus. The Father will honor the requests of the believers because of their relationship with Jesus. Alternate translation: “because you are my followers” or “on my authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1180	16:24	p83u		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἡ χαρὰ ὑμῶν ᾖ πεπληρωμένη	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will give you great joy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1181	16:25	m4wc			ἐν παροιμίαις	1	“in language that is not clear”
1182	16:25	n93q			ἔρχεται ὥρα	1	“it will soon happen”
1183	16:25	r73l			παρρησίᾳ περὶ τοῦ Πατρὸς ἀπαγγελῶ ὑμῖν	1	“tell you about the Father in a way that you will clearly understand.”
1184	16:25	bq3q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατρὸς	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1185	16:26	vf63		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί μου αἰτήσεσθε	1	Here “name” is a metonym for the person and authority of Jesus. Alternate translation: “you will ask because you belong to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1186	16:26	cy76		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατέρα	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1187	16:27	scs2			αὐτὸς & ὁ Πατὴρ φιλεῖ ὑμᾶς, ὅτι ὑμεῖς ἐμὲ πεφιλήκατε	1	When a person loves Jesus, the Son, they also love the Father, because the Father and Son are one.
1188	16:27	b49q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἐγὼ παρὰ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἐξῆλθον	1	Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1189	16:28	xn2v			ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς, καὶ ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον; πάλιν ἀφίημι τὸν κόσμον, καὶ πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα	1	After his death and resurrection, Jesus will return to God the Father.
1190	16:28	wyz7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ἐξῆλθον παρὰ τοῦ Πατρὸς & πορεύομαι πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα	1	Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1191	16:28	l3zb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	κόσμον	1	The “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1192	16:29	h725				0	The disciples respond to Jesus.
1193	16:31	c8cu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἄρτι πιστεύετε	1	This remarks appears in the form of a question to show that Jesus is puzzled that his disciples are only now ready to trust him. Alternate translation: “So, now you finally place your trust in me! (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1194	16:32	kcb1				0	Jesus continues speaking to his disciples.
1195	16:32	yza2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σκορπισθῆτε	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “others will scatter you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1196	16:32	k3br		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	ὁ Πατὴρ μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1197	16:33	k6d6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἵνα ἐν ἐμοὶ εἰρήνην ἔχητε	1	Here “peace” refers to inner peace. Alternate translation: “so that you may have inner peace because of your relationship with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1198	16:33	z7wj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ νενίκηκα τὸν κόσμον	1	Here “the world” refers to the troubles and persecution that believers will endure from those who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I have conquered the troubles of this world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1199	17:intro	nb2a				0	John 17 General Notes Structure and formatting This chapter forms one long prayer. Special concepts in this chapter Glory Scripture often speaks of God’s glory as a great, brilliant light. When people see this light, they are afraid. In this chapter Jesus asks God to show his followers his true glory (John 17:1). Jesus is eternal Jesus existed before God created the world (John 17:5). John wrote about this in John 1:1. Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Prayer Jesus is God’s one and only Son (John 3:16), so he could pray differently from the way other people pray. He used many words that sounded like commands. Your translation should make Jesus sound like a son speaking with love and respect to his father and telling him what the father needs to do so that the father will be happy.
1200	17:1	uf8z				0	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus had been speaking to his disciples, but now he begins to pray to God.
1201	17:1	b4pj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἐπάρας τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν	1	This is an idiom that means to look upward. Alternate translation: “he looked up to the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1202	17:1	k7tb			οὐρανὸν	1	This refers to the sky.
1203	17:1	n15x			Πάτερ & δόξασόν σου τὸν Υἱόν, ἵνα ὁ Υἱὸς δοξάσῃ σέ	1	Jesus asks God the Father to honor him so that he can give honor to God.
1204	17:1	l8sa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ & Υἱὸς	1	These are important titles that describe the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1205	17:1	jup7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα	1	Here the word “hour” is a metonym that refers to the time for Jesus to suffer and die. Alternate translation: “it is time for me to suffer and die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1206	17:2	vbt4			πάσης σαρκός	1	This refers to all people.
1207	17:3	tx6m			αὕτη δέ ἐστιν ἡ αἰώνιος ζωὴ, ἵνα γινώσκωσι σὲ, τὸν μόνον ἀληθινὸν Θεὸν, καὶ ὃν ἀπέστειλας, Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν	1	Eternal life is to know the only true God, God the Father and God the Son.
1208	17:4	h4hu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τὸ ἔργον & ὃ δέδωκάς μοι ἵνα ποιήσω	1	Here “work” is a metonym that refers to Jesus’ entire earthly ministry. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1209	17:5	k9ra		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	δόξασόν με σύ, Πάτερ & τῇ δόξῃ ᾗ εἶχον πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον, εἶναι παρὰ σοί	1	Jesus had glory with God the Father “before the world was made” because Jesus is God the Son. Alternate translation: “Father, give me honor by bringing me into your presence as we were before we made the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1210	17:5	g8at		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1211	17:6	s4p3				0	Jesus begins to pray for his disciples.
1212	17:6	vbn8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐφανέρωσά σου τὸ ὄνομα	1	Here “name” is a metonym that refers to the person of God. Alternate translation: “I taught them who you really are and what you are like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1213	17:6	hn8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου	1	Here “world” is a metonym that refers to the people of the world that oppose God. This means that God has separated the believers spiritually from the people who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1214	17:6	u8lc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	τὸν λόγον σου τετήρηκαν	1	This is an idiom that means to obey. Alternate translation: “obeyed your teaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1215	17:9	ndb1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	οὐ περὶ τοῦ κόσμου ἐρωτῶ	1	Here the word “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “I am not praying for those who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1216	17:11	bk2h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ	1	This is a metonym that refers to being on earth and being among the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “among the people who do not belong to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1217	17:11	a7un			Πάτερ Ἅγιε, τήρησον αὐτοὺς & ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς	1	Jesus asks the Father to keep those who trust in him so they can have a close relationship with God.
1218	17:11	kp1d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1219	17:11	yq9z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τήρησον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου, ᾧ δέδωκάς μοι	1	Here the word “name” is a metonym for God’s power and authority. Alternate translation: “keep them safe by your power and authority, which you have given me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1220	17:12	s5kw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐγὼ ἐτήρουν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ ὀνόματί σου	1	Here “name” is a metonym that refers to the power and protection of God. Alternate translation: “I kept them with your protection” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1221	17:12	a4s8			οὐδεὶς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἀπώλετο, εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	“the only one among them who was destroyed is the son of destruction”
1222	17:12	az2m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ υἱὸς τῆς ἀπωλείας	1	This refers to Judas, who betrayed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the one whom you long ago decided you would destroy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1223	17:12	blz4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the prophecy about him in the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1224	17:13	p71q		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τῷ κόσμῳ	1	These words are a metonym for the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1225	17:13	jp4v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἔχωσιν τὴν χαρὰν τὴν ἐμὴν, πεπληρωμένην ἐν ἑαυτοῖς	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you might give them great joy” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1226	17:14	bc1y			ἐγὼ δέδωκα αὐτοῖς τὸν λόγον σου	1	“I have spoken your message to them”
1227	17:14	qf43		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος & ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου & ἐγὼ οὐκ εἰμὶ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου	1	Here “the “world” is a metonym that refers to the people who oppose God. Alternate translation: “The people who oppose you have hated my followers because they do not belong to those who do not believe, just as I do not belong to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1228	17:15	hg22		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	τοῦ κόσμου	1	In this passage, “the world” is a metonym for the people who oppose God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1229	17:15	s3vp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τηρήσῃς αὐτοὺς ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ	1	This refers to Satan. Alternate translation: “protect them from Satan, the evil one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1230	17:17	y53e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἁγίασον αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἀληθείᾳ	1	The purpose for setting them apart can be stated clearly. The phrase “by the truth” here represents by teaching the truth. Alternate translation: “Make them your own people by teaching them the truth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1231	17:17	y5qx			ὁ λόγος ὁ σὸς ἀλήθειά ἐστιν	1	“Your message is true” or “What you say is true”
1232	17:18	bh1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	Here into “the world” is a metonym that means to the people who live in the world. Alternate translation: “to the people of the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1233	17:19	z4z8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὦσιν καὶ αὐτοὶ ἡγιασμένοι ἐν ἀληθείᾳ	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that they may also set apart themselves truly to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1234	17:20	n7mp			τῶν πιστευόντων διὰ τοῦ λόγου αὐτῶν εἰς ἐμὲ	1	“those who will believe in me because they teach about me”
1235	17:21	s8a1			πάντες ἓν ὦσιν, καθὼς σύ, Πάτερ, ἐν ἐμοὶ, κἀγὼ ἐν σοί, ἵνα καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐν ἡμῖν ὦσιν	1	Those who trust in Jesus become united with the Father and the Son when they believe.
1236	17:21	yt2w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1237	17:21	nef9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος	1	Here the “the world” is a metonym that refers to the people who do not yet know God. Alternate translation: “the people who do not know God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1238	17:22	p4mj			κἀγὼ τὴν, δόξαν ἣν δέδωκάς μοι, δέδωκα αὐτοῖς	1	“I have honored my followers just as you have honored me”
1239	17:22	wwu9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὦσιν ἓν, καθὼς ἡμεῖς ἕν	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “so that you can unite them just as you have united us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1240	17:23	fld5			ἵνα ὦσιν τετελειωμένοι εἰς ἕν	1	“that they may be completely united”
1241	17:23	s7ph		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἵνα γινώσκῃ ὁ κόσμος	1	Here “the world” is a metonym that refers to the people who do not know God. Alternate translation: “that all the people will know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1242	17:23	rw4u			ἠγάπησας	1	This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
1243	17:24	da83		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1244	17:24	xh1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅπου εἰμὶ ἐγὼ	1	Here “where I am” refers to heaven. Alternate translation: “with me in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1245	17:24	hz83			θεωρῶσιν τὴν δόξαν τὴν ἐμὴν	1	“to see my greatness”
1246	17:24	fiv7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου	1	Here Jesus refers to the time before creation. Alternate translation: “before we created the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1247	17:25	cj69				0	Jesus finishes his prayer.
1248	17:25	ur9j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πάτερ δίκαιε	1	Here “Father” is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1249	17:25	xpf5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ὁ κόσμος σε οὐκ ἔγνω	1	The “world” is a metonym for the people who do not belong to God. Alternate translation: “those who do not belong to you do not know what you are like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1250	17:26	xpi3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐγνώρισα αὐτοῖς τὸ ὄνομά σου	1	The word “name” refers to God. Alternate translation: “I have revealed to them what you are like” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1251	17:26	gk2j			ἀγάπη & ἠγάπησάς	1	This kind of love comes from God and focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
1252	18:intro	ltl2				0	John 18 General Notes Structure and formatting Verse 14 says, “Now Caiaphas was the one who had given the advice to the Jews that it would be better that one man die for the people.” The author says this to help the reader understand why it was to Caiaphas that they took Jesus. You might want to put these words in parentheses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) Special concepts in this chapter “It is not lawful for us to put any man to death” The Roman government did not allow the Jews to kill criminals, so the Jews needed to ask Pilate, the governor, to kill him (John 18:31). Jesus’ kingdom No one knows for sure what Jesus meant when he told Pilate that his kingdom was not “of this world” (John 18:36). Some people think that Jesus means that his kingdom is only spiritual and that he has no visible kingdom on this earth, Other people think that Jesus meant that he would not build and rule his kingdom by force, the way other kings build theirs. It is possible to translate the words “is not of this world” as “is not from this place” or “comes from another place.” King of the Jews When Pilate asked if Jesus were the King of the Jews (John 18:33), he was asking if Jesus were claiming to be like King Herod, whom the Romans were permitting to rule Judea. When he asked the crowd if he should release the King of the Jews (John 18:39), he is mocking the Jews, because the Romans and Jews hated each other. He was also mocking Jesus, because he did not think that Jesus was a king at all. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
1253	18:1	sq3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	Verses 1-2 give background information for the events that follow. Verse 1 tells where they took place, and verse 2 gives background information about Judas. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1254	18:1	cxz8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent	ταῦτα εἰπὼν, Ἰησοῦς	1	The author uses these words to mark the beginning of a new event. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1255	18:1	z9bw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Κεδρὼν	1	a valley in Jerusalem separating the Temple Mount from the Mount of Olives (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1256	18:1	w3zx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὅπου ἦν κῆπος	1	This was a grove of olive trees. Alternate translation: “where there was a grove of olive trees” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1257	18:4	k71q				0	Jesus begins to speak with the soldiers, officers, and Pharisees.
1258	18:4	sh2u			Ἰησοῦς οὖν εἰδὼς πάντα τὰ ἐρχόμενα ἐπ’ αὐτὸν	1	“Then Jesus, who knew everything that was about to happen to him”
1259	18:5	vg2d			Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον	1	“Jesus, the man from Nazareth”
1260	18:5	fd9y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	The word “he” is implied in the text. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1261	18:5	g4hx			ὁ παραδιδοὺς αὐτὸν	1	“who handed him over”
1262	18:6	b8tl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	Here the word “he” is not present in the original text, but it is implied. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1263	18:6	w38n		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔπεσαν χαμαί	1	The men fell to the ground because of Jesus’ power. Alternate translation: “fell down because of Jesus’ power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1264	18:7	uf85			Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον	1	“Jesus, the man from Nazareth”
1265	18:8	l8as		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	In verse 9 there is a break from the main story line as John tells us background information about Jesus fulfilling Scripture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1266	18:8	ui8z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγώ εἰμι	1	Here the word “he” is not present in the original text, but it is implied. Alternate translation: “I am he” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1267	18:9	bjp9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἵνα πληρωθῇ ὁ λόγος ὃν εἶπεν	1	Here “the word” refers to the words Jesus had prayed. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This happened in order to fulfill the words that he had said when he was praying to his Father” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1268	18:10	fe37		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Μάλχος	1	Malchus is a male servant of the high priest. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1269	18:11	u2s9			θήκην	1	the cover for a sharp knife or sword, so the knife will not cut the owner
1270	18:11	ghz6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τὸ ποτήριον ὃ δέδωκέν μοι ὁ Πατὴρ, οὐ μὴ πίω αὐτό	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “I must surely drink the cup that the Father has given to me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1271	18:11	m4f3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	τὸ ποτήριον	1	Here “cup” is a metaphor that refers to the suffering that Jesus must endure. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1272	18:11	cjx7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατὴρ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1273	18:12	wxb6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	Verse 14 tells us background information about Caiaphas. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1274	18:12	cl3f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Here “the Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1275	18:12	i6bz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	συνέλαβον τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἔδησαν αὐτὸν	1	The soldiers tied Jesus’ hands to prevent him from escaping. Alternate translation: “captured Jesus and tied him up to prevent him from escaping” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1276	18:15	hch7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ δὲ μαθητὴς ἐκεῖνος ἦν γνωστὸς τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ, καὶ συνεισῆλθεν τῷ Ἰησοῦ	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now the high priest knew that disciple so he was able to enter with Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1277	18:16	utf4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὖν ὁ μαθητὴς ὁ ἄλλος ὅς ἦν γνωστὸς τοῦ ἀρχιερέως	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So the other disciple, whom the high priest knew” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1278	18:17	r82l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν εἶ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου	1	This appears in the form of a question to enable the servant to express her remark somewhat cautiously. Alternate translation: “You are also one of the arrested man’s disciples! Are you not?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1279	18:18	bbe9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἵστήκεισαν δὲ οἱ δοῦλοι καὶ οἱ ὑπηρέται, ἀνθρακιὰν πεποιηκότες, ὅτι ψῦχος ἦν, καὶ ἐθερμαίνοντο	1	These were the high priest’s servants and the temple guards. Alternate translation: “It was cold, so the high priest’s servants and temple guards made a charcoal fire and were standing and warming themselves around it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1280	18:18	hbw6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line so John can add the information about the people who were warming themselves around the fire. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1281	18:19	ppt2				0	Here the story line shifts back to Jesus.
1282	18:19	e8h3			ὁ & ἀρχιερεὺς	1	This was Caiphas (John 18:13).
1283	18:19	y6gn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	περὶ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ περὶ τῆς διδαχῆς αὐτοῦ	1	Here “his teaching” refers to what Jesus had been teaching the people. Alternate translation: “about his disciples and what he had been teaching the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1284	18:20	h2kj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐγὼ παρρησίᾳ λελάληκα τῷ κόσμῳ	1	You may need to make explicit that the word “world” is a metonym for those people who had heard Jesus teach. Here the exaggeration “the world” emphasizes that Jesus has spoken openly. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1285	18:20	vcv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	ὅπου πάντες οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι συνέρχονται	1	Here “all the Jews” is an exaggeration that emphasizes that Jesus spoke where anyone who wanted to hear him could hear him. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1286	18:21	dlu6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί με ἐρωτᾷς	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “You should not be asking me these questions!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1287	18:22	szv3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὕτως ἀποκρίνῃ τῷ ἀρχιερεῖ	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “That is not how you should answer the high priest!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1288	18:23	d76y			μαρτύρησον περὶ τοῦ κακοῦ	1	“tell me what I said that was wrong”
1289	18:23	r8dy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	εἰ & καλῶς, τί με δέρεις	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis to what Jesus is saying. Alternate translation: “if I said only what was right, you should not be hitting me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1290	18:25	jr1c				0	Here the story line shifts back to Peter.
1291	18:25	ki76		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	This word is used to mark a break in the story line so John can provide information about Peter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1292	18:25	l2bj		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μὴ καὶ σὺ ἐκ τῶν μαθητῶν αὐτοῦ εἶ	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You are also one of his disciples!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1293	18:26	x6s3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ ἐγώ σε εἶδον ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μετ’ αὐτοῦ	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Here the word “him” refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “I saw you in the olive tree grove with the man they arrested! Did I not?” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1294	18:27	msy6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πάλιν οὖν ἠρνήσατο Πέτρος	1	Here it is implied that Peter denied knowing and being with Jesus. Alternate translation: “Peter then denied again that he knew Jesus or that he had been with him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1295	18:27	jww8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εὐθέως ἀλέκτωρ ἐφώνησεν	1	Here it is assumed the reader will remember that Jesus had said Peter would deny him before the rooster crowed. Alternate translation: “immediately the rooster crowed, just as Jesus had said would happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1296	18:28	a6e7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	Here the story line shifts back to Jesus. The soldiers and Jesus’ accusers bring him to Caiaphas. Verse 28 gives us background information about why they did not enter the Praetorium. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1297	18:28	ija7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἄγουσιν οὖν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἀπὸ τοῦ Καϊάφα	1	Here it is implied that they are leading Jesus from Caiaphas’ house. Alternate translation: “Then they led Jesus from Caiaphas’ house” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1298	18:28	h3vx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αὐτοὶ οὐκ εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸ πραιτώριον, ἵνα μὴ μιανθῶσιν	1	Pilate was not a Jew, so if the Jewish leaders entered his headquarters, they would be defiled. This would have prevented them from celebrating the Passover. You can translate the double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “they themselves remained outside Pilate’s headquarters because Pilate was a Gentile. They did not want to become defiled” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1299	18:30	gj5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	εἰ μὴ ἦν οὗτος κακὸν ποιῶν, οὐκ ἄν σοι παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν	1	You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “This man is an evil doer, and we had to bring him to you for punishment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1300	18:30	j9w3			παρεδώκαμεν αὐτόν	1	This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
1301	18:31	s3l4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	In verse 32 there is a break from the main story line as the author tells us background information about how Jesus’ predicted how he would die. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1302	18:31	ln9s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	εἶπον αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus and arrested him. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders said to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1303	18:31	ph54		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἡμῖν οὐκ ἔξεστιν ἀποκτεῖναι οὐδένα	1	According to Roman law, the Jews could not put a man to death. Alternate translation: “According to Roman law, we cannot put a person to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1304	18:32	ta7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα ὁ λόγος τοῦ Ἰησοῦ πληρωθῇ	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in order to fulfill what Jesus had said earlier” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1305	18:32	tu3c			σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ ἤμελλεν ἀποθνῄσκειν	1	“regarding how he would die”
1306	18:35	kfq5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	μήτι ἐγὼ Ἰουδαῖός εἰμι	1	This remark appears in the form of a question so Pilate can emphasize his complete lack of interest in the cultural affairs of the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “Well I am certainly not a Jew, and I have no interest in these matters!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1307	18:35	en38			τὸ ἔθνος τὸ σὸν	1	“Your fellow Jews”
1308	18:36	gq19		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἡ βασιλεία ἡ ἐμὴ οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου τούτου	1	Here “world” is a metonym for the people who oppose Jesus. Possible meanings are (1) “My kingdom is not part of this world” or (2) “I do not need this world’s permission to rule as their king” or “It is not from this world that I have authority to be king.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1309	18:36	s2lq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἄν, ἵνα μὴ παραδοθῶ τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “and would prevent the Jewish leaders from arresting me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1310	18:36	pu8j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1311	18:37	ug7i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἐλήλυθα εἰς τὸν κόσμον	1	Here “world” is a synecdoche that refers to the people who live in the world. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1312	18:37	gl3k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μαρτυρήσω τῇ ἀληθείᾳ	1	Here “the truth” refers to the truth about God. Alternate translation: “tell people the truth about God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1313	18:37	ltn9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ὁ ὢν ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας	1	This is an idiom that refers to anyone who loves the truth about God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1314	18:37	fa97		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	μου τῆς φωνῆς	1	Here “voice” is a synecdoche that refers to words Jesus says. Alternate translation: “the things I say” or “me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1315	18:38	zbm5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί ἐστιν ἀλήθεια	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to reflect Pilate’s belief that no one really knows what truth is. Alternate translation: “No one can know what is true!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1316	18:38	rma7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τοὺς Ἰουδαίους	1	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1317	18:40	a7pl		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	μὴ τοῦτον, ἀλλὰ τὸν Βαραββᾶν	1	This is an ellipsis. You can add the implied words. Alternate translation: “No! Do not release this man! Release Barabbas instead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1318	18:40	h11k		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἦν δὲ ὁ Βαραββᾶς λῃστής	1	Here John provides background information about Barabbas. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1319	19:intro	u96u				0	John 19 General Notes Structure and formatting Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 19:24, which are words from the Old Testament. Special concepts in this chapter “Purple garment” Purple is a color like red or blue. The people were mocking Jesus, so they put him in a purple garment. This was because kings wore purple garments. They spoke and acted like they were giving honor to a king, but everyone knew that they were doing it because they hated Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) “You are not Caesar’s friend” Pilate knew that Jesus was not a criminal, so he did not want to have his soldiers kill him. But the Jews told him that Jesus was claiming to be a king, and anyone who did that was breaking Caesar’s laws (John 19:12). The tomb The tomb in which Jesus was buried (John 19:41) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter. Important figures of speech in this chapter Sarcasm The soldiers were insulting Jesus when they said, “Hail, King of the Jews.” Pilate was insulting the Jews when he asked, “Should I crucify your king?” He was probably also insulting both Jesus and the Jews when he wrote, “Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Gabbatha, Golgotha These are two Hebrew words. After translating the meanings of these words (“The Pavement” and “The Place of a Skull”), the author transliterates their sounds by writing them with Greek letters.
1320	19:1	u3gi				0	The part of the story from the previous chapter continues. Jesus is standing before Pilate as he is being accused by the Jews.
1321	19:1	yay2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τότε οὖν ἔλαβεν ὁ Πειλᾶτος τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν	1	Pilate himself did not whip Jesus. Here “Pilate” is a synecdoche for the soldiers that Pilate ordered to whip Jesus. Alternate translation: “Then Pilate ordered his soldiers to whip Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1322	19:3	u4vw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony	χαῖρε, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	The greeting “Hail” with a raised hand was only used to greet Caesar. As the soldiers use the crown of thorns and the purple robe to mock Jesus, it is ironic that they do not recognize that he is indeed a king. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
1323	19:4	c6v2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	αἰτίαν ἐν αὐτῷ οὐχ εὑρίσκω	1	Pilate states this twice to say he does not believe Jesus is not guilty of any crime. He does not want to punish him. Alternate translation: “I see no reason to punish him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1324	19:5	t9wn			τὸν ἀκάνθινον στέφανον καὶ τὸ πορφυροῦν ἱμάτιον	1	The crown and the purple robe are things only kings wear. The soldiers dressed Jesus in this manner to mock him. See John 19:2.
1325	19:7	x7bg		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “The Jewish leaders answered Pilate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1326	19:7	vr7p			ὀφείλει ἀποθανεῖν, ὅτι Υἱὸν Θεοῦ ἑαυτὸν ἐποίησεν	1	Jesus was condemned to death by crucifixion because he claimed he was “the Son of God.”
1327	19:7	xt93		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸν Θεοῦ	1	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1328	19:10	wcm8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	ἐμοὶ οὐ λαλεῖς	1	This remark appears in the form of a question. Here Pilate expresses his surprise that Jesus does not take the opportunity to defend himself. Alternate translation: “I cannot believe you are refusing to speak to me!” or “Answer me!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1329	19:10	iap3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	οὐκ οἶδας ὅτι ἐξουσίαν ἔχω ἀπολῦσαί σε, καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἔχω σταυρῶσαί σε	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to add emphasis. Alternate translation: “You should know that I am able to release you or to order my soldiers to crucify you!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1330	19:10	t82v		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ἐξουσίαν	1	Here “power” is a metonym that refers to the ability to do something or to cause something to happen. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1331	19:11	x2as		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	οὐκ εἶχες ἐξουσίαν κατ’ ἐμοῦ οὐδεμίαν, εἰ μὴ ἦν δεδομένον σοι ἄνωθεν	1	You can translate this double negative in a positive and active form. Alternate translation: “You are able to act against me only because God has made you able” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1332	19:11	arc9			ἄνωθεν	1	This is a respectful way of referring to God.
1333	19:11	vc79			παραδούς μέ	1	This phrase here means to hand over to an enemy.
1334	19:12	a39p		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐκ τούτου	1	Here “this answer” refers to Jesus’ answer. Alternate translation: “When Pilate heard Jesus’ answer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1335	19:12	r8va		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ Πειλᾶτος ἐζήτει ἀπολῦσαι αὐτόν	1	The form of “tried” in the original indicates that Pilate tried “hard” or “repeatedly” to release Jesus. Alternate translation: “he tried hard to release Jesus” or “he tried again and again to release Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1336	19:12	q1vq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	οἱ δὲ Ἰουδαῖοι ἐκραύγασαν	1	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders that opposed Jesus. In the original, the form of “cried out” indicates that they cried out or shouted repeatedly. Alternate translation: “but the Jewish leaders kept shouting” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1337	19:12	g9xj			οὐκ εἶ φίλος τοῦ Καίσαρος	1	“you are opposing Caesar” or “you are opposing the emperor”
1338	19:12	bhl3			βασιλέα ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν	1	“claims that he is a king”
1339	19:13	xr6b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἤγαγεν ἔξω τὸν Ἰησοῦν	1	Here “he” refers to Pilate and is a synecdoche for “Pilate ordered the soldiers.” Alternate translation: “he ordered the soldiers to bring Jesus out” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1340	19:13	fk5k			ἐκάθισεν	1	Important people like Pilate sat down when they performed an official duty, while people who were not so important stood up.
1341	19:13	qhu4			ἐπὶ βήματος	1	This is the special chair that an important person like Pilate sat in when he was making an official judgment. If your language has a special way to describe this action, you can use it here.
1342	19:13	g8h4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰς τόπον λεγόμενον Λιθόστρωτον & δὲ	1	This is a special stone platform where only the important people were allowed to go. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in a place the people called The Pavement, but” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1343	19:13	ev3i			Ἑβραϊστὶ	1	This refers to the language that the people of Israel spoke.
1344	19:14	cus1				0	Some time has passed and it is now the sixth hour, as Pilate orders his soldiers to crucify Jesus.
1345	19:14	t5qt		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	This word marks a break in the story line so that John can provide information about the upcoming Passover and the time of day. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1346	19:14	en2i			ὥρα & ἕκτη	1	“about noontime”
1347	19:14	lc5y		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	λέγει τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις	1	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche that refers to the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “Pilate said to the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1348	19:15	tlj2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	τὸν βασιλέα ὑμῶν σταυρώσω	1	Here “I” is a synecdoche that refers to Pilate’s soldiers who will actually perform the crucifixion. Alternate translation: “Do you really want me to tell my soldiers to nail your king to a cross?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1349	19:16	t3yb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	τότε & παρέδωκεν αὐτὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα σταυρωθῇ	1	Here Pilate gives the order for his soldiers to crucify Jesus. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So Pilate ordered his soldiers to crucify Jesus” (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc:///ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1350	19:17	qv6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰς τὸν λεγόμενον, Κρανίου Τόπον	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to the place that the people called ‘The Place of a Skull,’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1351	19:17	d88m			ὃ λέγεται Ἑβραϊστὶ, Γολγοθᾶ	1	Hebrew is the language of the people of Israel. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “which in Hebrew they call ‘Golgotha.’”
1352	19:18	fb84		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis	μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἄλλους δύο	1	This is an ellipsis. You can translate this, adding the implied words. Alternate translation: “they also nailed two other criminals to their crosses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1353	19:19	cx5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	ἔγραψεν & καὶ τίτλον ὁ Πειλᾶτος, καὶ ἔθηκεν ἐπὶ τοῦ σταυροῦ	1	Here “Pilate” is a synecdoche for the person who wrote on the sign. Here “on the cross” refers to Jesus’ cross. Alternate translation: “Pilate also commanded someone to write on a sign and to attach it to Jesus’ cross” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1354	19:19	gk8e		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἦν & γεγραμμένον, Ἰησοῦς ὁ Ναζωραῖος, ὁ Βασιλεὺς τῶν Ἰουδαίων.	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “So that person wrote the words: Jesus of Nazareth, King of the Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1355	19:20	ke3t		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁ τόπος & ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the place where the soldiers crucified Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1356	19:20	mgb7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	καὶ ἦν γεγραμμένον Ἑβραϊστί, Ῥωμαϊστί, Ἑλληνιστί	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “The one who prepared the sign wrote the words in 3 languages: Hebrew, Latin, and Greek” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1357	19:20	w41e			Ῥωμαϊστί	1	This was the language of the Roman government.
1358	19:21	qk7w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔλεγον οὖν τῷ Πειλάτῳ οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	The chief priests had to go back to Pilate’s headquarters to protest to him about the words on the sign. Alternate translation: “The chief priests went back to Pilate and said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1359	19:22	sus9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὃ γέγραφα, γέγραφα	1	Pilate implies that he will not change the words on the sign. Alternate translation: “I have written what I wanted to write, and I will not change it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1360	19:23	lis8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	At the end of verse 24 there is a break from the main story line as the John tells us how this event fulfills Scriture. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1361	19:23	s74c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	καὶ τὸν χιτῶνα	1	“and they also took his tunic.” The soldiers kept the tunic separate and did not divide it. Alternate translation: “they kept his tunic separate” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1362	19:24	ks7m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	λάχωμεν περὶ αὐτοῦ, τίνος ἔσται	1	The soldiers will gamble and the winner will receive the shirt. Alternate translation: “let us gamble for the tunic and the winner will get to keep it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1363	19:24	j1f9			ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ἡ λέγουσα	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “This fulfilled the scripture that said” or “This happened to make the scripture come true which said”
1364	19:24	lqy3			λάχωμεν	1	This was how the soldiers divided Jesus’ clothing among themselves. Alternate translation: “they gambled”
1365	19:26	gkf1			τὸν μαθητὴν & ὃν ἠγάπα	1	This is John, the writer of this Gospel.
1366	19:26	t7tc		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	γύναι, ἰδοὺ, ὁ υἱός σου	1	Here the word “son” is a metaphor. Jesus wants his disciple, John, to be like a son to his mother. Alternate translation: “Woman, here is the man who will act like a son to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1367	19:27	qc7d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ἴδε, ἡ μήτηρ σου	1	Here the word “mother” is a metaphor. Jesus wants his mother to be like a mother to his disciple, John. Alternate translation: “Think of this woman as if she were your own mother” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1368	19:27	q615			ἀπ’ ἐκείνης τῆς ὥρας	1	“From that very moment”
1369	19:28	crd3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	εἰδὼς & ὅτι ἤδη πάντα τετέλεσται	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “he knew that he had done everything that God had sent him to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1370	19:29	x1cy		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σκεῦος ἔκειτο ὄξους μεστόν	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Someone had placed there a full container of sour wine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1371	19:29	g9vg			ὄξους	1	“bitter wine”
1372	19:29	drr1			περιθέντες	1	Here “they” refers to the Roman guards.
1373	19:29	y2eg			σπόγγον	1	a small object that can soak up and hold much liquid
1374	19:29	mg3t			ὑσσώπῳ περιθέντες	1	“on a branch of a plant called hyssop”
1375	19:30	vz56		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κλίνας τὴν κεφαλὴν, παρέδωκεν τὸ πνεῦμα	1	John implies here that Jesus gave his spirit back to God. Alternate translation: “He bowed his head and gave God his spirit” or “He bowed his head and died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1376	19:31	zuk9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	οἱ & Ἰουδαῖοι	1	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1377	19:31	c49h			παρασκευὴ	1	This is the time before the Passover when people prepared food for the Passover.
1378	19:31	f96h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα κατεαγῶσιν αὐτῶν τὰ σκέλη, καὶ ἀρθῶσιν	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to break the legs of the executed men and take their bodies down from the crosses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1379	19:32	q2yq		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τοῦ συνσταυρωθέντος αὐτῷ	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “whom they had crucified near Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1380	19:35	p17b		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ὁ ἑωρακὼς	1	This sentence gives background information to the story. John is telling readers that he was there and that we can trust what he has written. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1381	19:35	fl82		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μεμαρτύρηκεν, καὶ ἀληθινὴ αὐτοῦ ἐστιν ἡ μαρτυρία	1	To “testify” means to tell about something that one has seen. Alternate translation: “has told the truth about what he has seen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1382	19:35	c9q7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἵνα καὶ ὑμεῖς πιστεύητε	1	Here “believe” means to put one’s trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “so that you will also put your trust in Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1383	19:36	wid6		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	In these verses there is a break from the main story line as John tells us about how these events have made Scripture come true. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1384	19:36	qwl5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἵνα ἡ Γραφὴ πληρωθῇ	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “to fulfill the words that someone wrote in the scripture” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1385	19:36	b1kx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὀστοῦν οὐ συντριβήσεται αὐτοῦ	1	This is a quotation from Psalm 34. You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “No one will break any of his bones” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1386	19:37	h4kq			ὄψονται εἰς ὃν ἐξεκέντησαν	1	This is a quotation from Zechariah 12.
1387	19:38	d3hz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Ἰωσὴφ ὁ ἀπὸ Ἁριμαθαίας	1	Arimathea was a small town. Alternate translation: “Joseph from the town of Arimathea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1388	19:38	h7ra		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who opposed Jesus. Alternate translation: “for fear of the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1389	19:38	t22g		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἵνα ἄρῃ τὸ σῶμα τοῦ Ἰησοῦ	1	John implies that Joseph of Arimathea wants to bury the body of Jesus. Alternate translation: “for permission to take the body of Jesus down from the cross for burial” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1390	19:39	mjy8			Νικόδημος	1	Nicodemus was one of the Pharisees who believed in Jesus. See how you translated this name in John 3:1.
1391	19:39	d3d2			σμύρνης καὶ ἀλόης	1	These are spices that people use to prepare a body for burial.
1392	19:39	xks9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight	ὡς λίτρας ἑκατόν	1	You may convert this to a modern measure. A “litra” is about one third of a kilogram. Alternate translation: “about 33 kilograms in weight” or “weighing about thirty-three kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
1393	19:39	nmr8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	ἑκατόν	1	“100” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1394	19:41	fb25		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος, καὶ ἐν τῷ κήπῳ μνημεῖον καινόν, ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος	1	Here John marks a break in the story line in order to provide background information about the location of the tomb where they would bury Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1395	19:41	uib1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἦν δὲ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου ἐσταυρώθη κῆπος	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “Now in the place where they crucified Jesus there was a garden” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1396	19:41	qd1a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐν ᾧ οὐδέπω οὐδεὶς ἦν τεθειμένος	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “in which people had buried no one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1397	19:42	nr4r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διὰ τὴν παρασκευὴν τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	According to Jewish law, no one could work after sundown on Friday. It was the beginning of the Sabbath and Passover. Alternate translation: “The Passover was about to begin that evening” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1398	20:intro	nm1y				0	John 20 General Notes Special concepts in this chapter The tomb The tomb in which Jesus was buried (John 20:1) was the kind of tomb in which wealthy Jewish families buried their dead. It was an actual room cut into a rock. It had a flat place on one side where they could place the body after they had put oil and spices on it and wrapped it in cloth. Then they would roll a large rock in front of the tomb so no one could see inside or enter. “Receive the Holy Spirit” If your language uses the same word for “breath” and “spirit,” be sure that the reader understands that Jesus was performing a symbolic action by breathing, and that what the disciples received was the Holy Spirit, not Jesus’ breath. (See: [[rc:///ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc:///tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]]) Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter Rabboni John used Greek letters to describe the sound of the word, and then he explained that it means “Teacher.” You should do the same, using the letters of your language. Jesus’ resurrection body No one is sure what Jesus’ body looked like after he became alive again. His disciples knew it was Jesus because they could see his face and touch the places where the soldiers had put the nails through his hands and feet, But he could also walk through solid walls and doors. It is best not to try to say more than what the ULT says. Two angels in white Matthew, Mark, Luke, and John all wrote about angels in white clothing with the women at Jesus’ tomb. Two of the authors called them men, but that is only because the angels were in human form. Two of the authors wrote about two angels, but the other two authors wrote about only one of them. It is best to translate each of these passages as it appears in the ULT without trying to make the passages all say exactly the same thing. (See: Matthew 28:1-2 and Mark 16:5 and Luke 24:4 and John 20:12)
1399	20:1	k5pq				0	This is the third day after Jesus was buried.
1400	20:1	a8vl			μιᾷ τῶν σαββάτων	1	“Sunday”
1401	20:1	bdw5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	βλέπει τὸν λίθον ἠρμένον	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “she saw that someone had rolled away the stone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1402	20:2	g2rn			μαθητὴν ὃν ἐφίλει ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	This phrase appears to be the way that John refers to himself throughout his book. Here the word “love” refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
1403	20:2	xd3w		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἦραν τὸν Κύριον ἐκ τοῦ μνημείου	1	Mary Magdalene thinks that someone has stolen the Lord’s body. Alternate translation: “Someone has taken the Lord’s body out of the tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1404	20:3	d6g3			ὁ ἄλλος μαθητής	1	John apparently shows his humility by referring to himself here as “the other disciple,” rather than including his name.
1405	20:3	p6ex		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἐξῆλθεν	1	John implies that these disciples were going to the tomb. Alternate translation: “rushed out to the tomb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1406	20:5	m9qn			ὀθόνια	1	These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus.
1407	20:6	ys3b			ὀθόνια	1	These were the burial cloths that people had used to wrap the body of Jesus. See how you translated this in John 20:5.
1408	20:7	qt5a		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	σουδάριον, ὃ ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ	1	Here “his head” refers to “Jesus’ head.” You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “cloth that someone had used to cover Jesus’ face” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1409	20:7	yc78		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀλλὰ χωρὶς ἐντετυλιγμένον εἰς ἕνα τόπον	1	This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but someone had folded it and put it aside, separate from the linen cloths” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1410	20:8	vl84			ὁ ἄλλος μαθητὴς	1	John apparently expresses his humility by referring to himself as “the other disciple,” rather than including his name in this book.
1411	20:8	ww3z		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εἶδεν καὶ ἐπίστευσεν	1	When he saw that the tomb was empty, he believed that Jesus had risen from the dead. Alternate translation: “he saw these things and began to believe that Jesus had risen from the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1412	20:9	ms3s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οὐδέπω & ᾔδεισαν τὴν Γραφὴν	1	Here the word “they” refers to the disciples who did not understand the scripture that said Jesus would rise again. Alternate translation: “the disciples still did not understand the scripture” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1413	20:9	u5q9			ἀναστῆναι	1	become alive again
1414	20:9	p651			ἐκ νεκρῶν	1	From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld.
1415	20:10	p5um		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀπῆλθον & πάλιν πρὸς αὑτοὺς	1	The disciples continued to stay in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “went back to where they were staying in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1416	20:12	p9aw		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	θεωρεῖ δύο ἀγγέλους ἐν λευκοῖς	1	The angels were wearing white clothing. Alternate translation: “She saw two angels dressed in white clothing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1417	20:13	v5uj			λέγουσιν αὐτῇ ἐκεῖνοι	1	“They asked her”
1418	20:13	hmx8			ὅτι ἦραν τὸν Κύριόν μου	1	“Because they took away the body of my Lord”
1419	20:13	aq3x			οὐκ οἶδα ποῦ ἔθηκαν αὐτόν	1	“I do not know where they have put it”
1420	20:15	le9x			λέγει αὐτῇ Ἰησοῦς	1	“Jesus asked her”
1421	20:15	ml7c		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κύριε, εἰ σὺ ἐβάστασας αὐτόν	1	Here the word “him” refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “If you have taken away the body of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1422	20:15	z97i			εἰπέ μοι ποῦ ἔθηκας αὐτόν	1	“tell me where you have put it”
1423	20:15	a5z2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	κἀγὼ αὐτὸν ἀρῶ	1	Mary Magdalene wants to get Jesus’ body and bury it again. Alternate translation: “I will get the body and bury it again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1424	20:16	k468			Ραββουνεί	1	The word “Rabboni” means rabbi or teacher in Aramaic, the language that Jesus and his disciples spoke.
1425	20:17	whh9			τοὺς ἀδελφούς	1	Jesus used the word “brothers” to refer to his disciples.
1426	20:17	xbr1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀναβαίνω πρὸς τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν, καὶ Θεόν μου, καὶ Θεὸν ὑμῶν	1	Jesus rose from the dead and then predicted he would go up into heaven, back to his Father, who is God. Alternate translation: “I am about to return to heaven to be with my Father and your Father, to the one who is my God and your God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1427	20:17	q3x5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	τὸν Πατέρα μου, καὶ Πατέρα ὑμῶν	1	These are important titles that describe the relationship between Jesus and God, and between believers and God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1428	20:18	m6xn		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔρχεται Μαριὰμ ἡ Μαγδαληνὴ ἀγγέλλουσα τοῖς μαθηταῖς	1	Mary Magdalene went to where the disciples were staying and told them what she had seen and heard. Alternate translation: “Mary Magdalene went to where the disciples were and told them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1429	20:19	m5nt				0	It is now evening and Jesus appears to the disciples.
1430	20:19	qj6n			ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ τῇ μιᾷ σαββάτων	1	This refers to Sunday.
1431	20:19	e7cb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων ὅπου ἦσαν οἱ μαθηταὶ	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the disciples had locked the doors where they were” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1432	20:19	g8bu		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	διὰ τὸν φόβον τῶν Ἰουδαίων	1	Here “Jews” is a synecdoche for the Jewish leaders who might arrest the disciples. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid that the Jewish leaders might arrest them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1433	20:19	zj7j			εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace” .
1434	20:20	bk9f		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔδειξεν τὰς χεῖρας καὶ τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῖς	1	Jesus showed the disciples his wounds. Alternate translation: “he showed them the wounds in his hands and his side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1435	20:21	ylp8			εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace” .
1436	20:21	env3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Πατήρ	1	This is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1437	20:23	a9j7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἀφέωνται αὐτοῖς	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1438	20:23	lb7g			ἄν τινων κρατῆτε	1	“If you do not forgive another’s sins”
1439	20:23	mw5s		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	κεκράτηνται	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1440	20:24	x8jz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Δίδυμος	1	This is a male name that means “twin.” See how this name is translated in John 11:15. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1441	20:25	n8vc			ἔλεγον & αὐτῷ οἱ & μαθηταί	1	The word “him” refers to Thomas.
1442	20:25	i7ex		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	ἐὰν μὴ ἴδω ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω τὸν δάκτυλόν μου εἰς τὸν τύπον τῶν ἥλων, καὶ βάλω μου τὴν χεῖρα εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ, οὐ μὴ πιστεύσω	1	You can translate this double negative in a positive form. Alternate translation: “I will believe only if I see … his side” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1443	20:25	ss17			ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ & εἰς τὴν πλευρὰν αὐτοῦ	1	The word “his” refers to Jesus.
1444	20:26	vzm5			οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ	1	The word “his” refers to Jesus.
1445	20:26	r3iz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τῶν θυρῶν κεκλεισμένων	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “when they had locked the doors” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1446	20:26	m5tl			εἰρήνη ὑμῖν	1	This is a common greeting that means “May God give you peace” .
1447	20:27	ncc3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives	μὴ γίνου ἄπιστος, ἀλλὰ πιστός	1	Jesus uses the double negative “Do not be unbelieving” to emphasize the words that follow, “but believe.” If your language does not allow double negatives or the reader would not understand that Jesus is emphasizing the words that follow, you can leave these words untranslated. Alternate translation: “This is what is most important for you to do: you must believe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1448	20:27	n4pi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πιστός	1	Here “believe” means to trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “put your trust in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1449	20:29	q81m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	πεπίστευκας	1	Thomas believes that Jesus is alive because he has seen him. Alternate translation: “you have believed that I am alive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1450	20:29	zgv1			μακάριοι οἱ	1	This means “God gives great happiness to those.”
1451	20:29	q9fb		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	μὴ ἰδόντες	1	This means those who have not seen Jesus. Alternate translation: “who have not seen me alive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1452	20:30	yd1j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory		0	As the story is nearing the end, the author comments about the many things Jesus did. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
1453	20:30	yrl9			σημεῖα	1	The word “signs” refers to miracles that show that God is the all-powerful one who has complete authority over the universe.
1454	20:30	xz6j		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἃ οὐκ ἔστιν γεγραμμένα ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “signs that the author did not write about in this book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1455	20:31	am9l		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ταῦτα δὲ γέγραπται	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “but the author wrote about these signs” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1456	20:31	p5k4		rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples	Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ	1	This is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]])
1457	20:31	uem2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy	ζωὴν & ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ	1	Here “life” is a metonym that means Jesus gives life. Alternate translation: “you may have life because of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1458	20:31	ip1i			ζωὴν	1	This refers to spiritual life.
1459	21:intro	e1bg				0	John 21 General Notes Important figures of speech in this chapter The metaphor of sheep Before Jesus died, he spoke of himself taking care of his people as if he were a good shepherd taking care of sheep (John 10:11). After he became alive again, he told Peter that Peter would be the one who took care of Jesus’ sheep. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1460	21:1	et5h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background		0	Jesus shows himself again to the disciples at the Sea of Tiberias. Verses 2 and 3 tell us what happens in the story before Jesus appears. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1461	21:1	yj6k			μετὰ ταῦτα	1	“Some time later”
1462	21:2	b421		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ὁμοῦ & Θωμᾶς ὁ λεγόμενος Δίδυμος	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “with Thomas whom we called Didymus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1463	21:2	m4gx		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names	Δίδυμος	1	This is a male name that means “twin.” See how this name is translated in John 11:15. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1464	21:5	wgd7			παιδία	1	This is a term of endearment that means “My dear friends.”
1465	21:6	l2jd		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	εὑρήσετε	1	Here “some” refers to fish. Alternate translation: “you will catch some fish in your net” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1466	21:6	p8he			αὐτὸ ἑλκύσαι	1	“pull the net in”
1467	21:7	u5c3			ἠγάπα	1	This is love that comes from God and is focused on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
1468	21:7	h3p4			τὸν ἐπενδύτην διεζώσατο	1	“he secured his outer garment around him” or “he put on his tunic”
1469	21:7	eve2		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	ἦν γὰρ γυμνός	1	This is background information. Peter had taken off some of his clothes to make it easier to work, but now that he was about to greet the Lord, he wanted to wear more clothing. Alternate translation: “for he had taken off some of his clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1470	21:7	ab4d		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν	1	Peter jumped into the water and swam to shore. Alternate translation: “jumped into the sea and swam to shore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1471	21:7	k449		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom	ἔβαλεν ἑαυτὸν	1	This is a idiom that means Peter jumped into the water very quickly. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1472	21:8	wrd3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	οὐ γὰρ ἦσαν μακρὰν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς & ὡς ἀπὸ πηχῶν διακοσίων	1	This is background information. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1473	21:8	c1j8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance	πηχῶν διακοσίων	1	“90 meters.” A cubit was a little less than half a meter. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
1474	21:11	f7mi		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀνέβη & Σίμων Πέτρος	1	Here “went up” means Simon Peter had to go back to the boat. Alternate translation: “So Simon Peter went back to the boat” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1475	21:11	fbz7			εἵλκυσεν τὸ δίκτυον εἰς τὴν γῆν	1	“pulled the net to the shore”
1476	21:11	azy5		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	οὐκ ἐσχίσθη τὸ δίκτυον	1	You can translate this as an active form. Alternate translation: “the net did not break” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1477	21:11	m8i7		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers	μεστὸν ἰχθύων μεγάλων	1	“full of large fish, one hundred and fifty-three.” There were 153 large fish. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1478	21:12	za5g			ἀριστήσατε	1	the morning meal
1479	21:14	tp3i		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	τρίτον	1	You can translate this ordinal term “third” as “time number 3.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1480	21:15	m1bh				0	Jesus begins to have a conversation with Simon Peter.
1481	21:15	t1uj			ἀγαπᾷς με	1	Here “love” refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
1482	21:15	l4h1			σὺ οἶδας ὅτι φιλῶ σε	1	When Peter answers, he uses the word for “love” that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
1483	21:15	qja3		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	βόσκε τὰ ἀρνία μου	1	Here “lambs” is a metaphor for those persons who love Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: “Feed the people I care for” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1484	21:16	szk8			ἀγαπᾷς με	1	Here “love” refers the type of love that comes from God, which focuses on the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself.
1485	21:16	vk16		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	ποίμαινε τὰ πρόβατά μου	1	Here “sheep” is a metaphor for those who love and follow Jesus. Alternate translation: “Care for the people I care for” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1486	21:17	fj84		rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal	λέγει αὐτῷ τὸ τρίτον	1	The pronoun “he” refers to Jesus. Here “a third time” means “time number 3.” Alternate translation: “Jesus said to him a third time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1487	21:17	kz3h			φιλεῖς με	1	This time when Jesus asks this question he uses the word for “love” that refers to brotherly love or love for a friend or family member.
1488	21:17	p8aa		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor	βόσκε τὰ προβάτια μου	1	Here “sheep” is a metaphor that represents those who belong to Jesus and follow him. Alternate translation: “Care for the people I care for” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1489	21:18	sqb7			ἀμὴν, ἀμὴν	1	See how you translated this in John 1:51.
1490	21:19	ys3m		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background	δὲ	1	John uses this word to show he is giving background information before he continues the story. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1491	21:19	hf2r		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	σημαίνων ποίῳ θανάτῳ δοξάσει τὸν Θεόν	1	Here John implies that Peter would die on a cross. Alternate translation: “to indicate that Peter would die on a cross to honor God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1492	21:19	k8z1		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ἀκολούθει μοι	1	Here the word “follow” means “to be a disciple.” Alternate translation: “Keep on being my disciple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1493	21:20	wzm9			τὸν μαθητὴν ὃν ἠγάπα ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	John refers to himself in this way throughout the book, rather than mentioning his name.
1494	21:20	ikd4			ἠγάπα	1	This is the kind of love that comes from God and always desires the good of others, even when it does not benefit oneself. This kind of love cares for others, no matter what they do.
1495	21:20	ys31			ἐν τῷ δείπνῳ	1	This is a reference to the Last Supper (John 13).
1496	21:21	u5rr			τοῦτον & ἰδὼν, ὁ Πέτρος	1	Here “him” refers to “the disciple whom Jesus loved.”
1497	21:21	cf5h		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	Κύριε, οὗτος δὲ τί	1	Peter wants to know what will happen to John. Alternate translation: “Lord, what will happen to this man?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1498	21:22	yc52			λέγει αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς	1	“Jesus said to Peter”
1499	21:22	e3xi			ἐὰν αὐτὸν θέλω μένειν	1	Here “him” refers to the “disciple whom Jesus loved” in John 21:20.
1500	21:22	tef8			ἔρχομαι	1	This refers to Jesus’ second coming, his return to earth from heaven.
1501	21:22	tf23		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion	τί πρὸς σέ	1	This remark appears in the form of a question to express a mild rebuke. Alternate translation: “that is not your concern.” or “you should not be concerned about that.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1502	21:23	c2cr			εἰς τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς	1	Here “the brothers” refers to all the followers of Jesus.
1503	21:24	s5bp		rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory		0	This is the end of the Gospel of John. Here the author, the Apostle John, gives a closing comment about himself and what he has written in this book. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]])
1504	21:24	d6t5			ὁ μαθητὴς	1	“the disciple John”
1505	21:24	f7ww		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	ὁ μαρτυρῶν περὶ τούτων	1	Here “testifies” means that he personally sees something. Alternate translation: “who has seen all these things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1506	21:24	h5i9		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit	οἴδαμεν	1	Here “we” refers to those who trust in Jesus. Alternate translation: “we who trust in Jesus know” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1507	21:25	l3hz		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	ἐὰν γράφηται καθ’ ἕν	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “If someone wrote down all of them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1508	21:25	i9n8		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole	οὐδ’ αὐτὸν & τὸν κόσμον χωρήσειν τὰ & βιβλία	1	John exaggerates to emphasize that Jesus did many more miracles than what people could write about in many books. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1509	21:25	xn87		rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive	τὰ γραφόμενα βιβλία	1	You can translate this in an active form. Alternate translation: “the books that people could write about what he did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])